CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORP II
424B1, 1996-02-20
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: CORE TRUST /DE, POS AMI, 1996-02-20
Next: ICAP FUNDS INC, 24F-2NT, 1996-02-20




       

Prospectus

$250,000,000

CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A

   
$236,250,000 Class A 5.40% Asset Backed Notes

$13,750,000 5.85% Asset Backed Certificates
    

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, Seller

The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., Servicer

   
The CIT RV Owner  Trust  1996-A  (the  "Trust" or the  "Issuer")  will be formed
pursuant to a Trust Agreement,  to be dated as of February 1, 1996,  between The
CIT Group Securitization  Corporation II (the "Company" or the "Seller") and The
Bank of New York (Delaware),  as trustee (the "Owner  Trustee"),  and will issue
Class A 5.40% Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A Notes") in the  principal  amount
of  $236,250,000  pursuant to an Indenture,  to be dated as of February 1, 1996,
between the Issuer and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee (the "Indenture
Trustee").  The Trust will also  issue  5.85%  Asset  Backed  Certificates  (the
"Certificates"  and, together with the Notes, the "Securities") in the principal
amount of $13,750,000.
    

The assets of the Trust will primarily  include a pool of simple interest retail
installment sale contracts (the "Initial Contracts") secured by the new and used
recreational  vehicles  financed  thereby  (the  "Initial  Financed  Vehicles"),
certain  monies  received  under the Initial  Contracts on and after February 1,
1996 (the "Initial  Cut-off Date"),  security  interests in the Initial Financed
Vehicles, the Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account, the Certificate
Distribution  Account,  the Cash Collateral  Account,  the Capitalized  Interest
Account and the Pre-Funding  Account,  in each case,  together with the proceeds
thereof (other than  investment  earnings on the Cash Collateral  Account),  the
proceeds from claims under certain  insurance  policies in respect of individual
Initial  Financed  Vehicles or the related Obligors and certain rights under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement,  to be dated as of February 1, 1996 (the "Sale and
Servicing Agreement"),  among the Seller, the Servicer, and the Trust. From time
to time on or before May 15, 1996, additional simple interest retail installment
sale  contracts  (the  "Subsequent  Contracts"  and,  together  with the Initial
Contracts,  the "Contracts")  secured by the new and used recreational  vehicles
financed  thereby (the  "Subsequent  Financed  Vehicles" and,  together with the
Initial Financed  Vehicles,  the "Financed  Vehicles"),  certain monies received
under the Subsequent Contracts on and after the related subsequent cut-off dates
(each,  a  "Subsequent  Cut-off  Date"),  security  interests in the  Subsequent
Financed Vehicles and proceeds from claims under certain  insurance  policies in
respect of individual  Subsequent Financed Vehicles or the related Obligors will
be  purchased  by the  Trust  from the  Seller  from  monies on  deposit  in the
Pre-Funding Account.

                                                   (Continued on following page)

A discussion of certain risk factors that should be  considered  by  prospective
purchasers of the Securities offered hereby can be found on page 16 herein.

THE  SECURITIES  WILL  REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN THE TRUST AND WILL NOT  REPRESENT
INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION  CORPORATION II, THE
CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC. OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

   
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Price to            Underwriting          Proceeds to the
                     Public(1)           Discounts             Company(1)(2)
Per Class A Note ..    99.976%              .325%                  99.651%
Per Certificate ...    99.791%              .500%                  99.291%
Total ............. $249,914,562          $836,562               $249,078,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    

(1)  Plus accrued  interest at the Class A Rate and the  Pass-Through  Rate,  as
     appropriate, from February 15, 1996.

(2)  Before deduction of expenses payable by the Company estimated at $598,707.

   
The Notes and the  Certificates are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by
the  Underwriters,  to prior sale and to the  Underwriters'  right to reject any
order in whole or in part and to  withdraw,  cancel or modify the offer  without
notice.  It is expected that delivery of the Notes and the Certificates  will be
made in book-entry  form through the facilities of The Depository  Trust Company
("DTC"), and in the case of the Notes, Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel") and
the  Euroclear  System  ("Euroclear")  on or about  February 22,  1996,  against
payment therefor in immediately available funds.
    

Salomon Brothers Inc                                         UBS Securities Inc.

   
The date of this Prospectus is February 15, 1996.
<PAGE>
    

(continued from preceding page)

   
     The Notes  will be  secured  by the  assets of the  Trust  (other  than the
Certificate  Distribution  Account and the Cash Collateral  Account) pursuant to
the  Indenture.  The Class A Notes will bear  interest  at the rate of 5.40% per
annum.  Interest on the Notes will  generally be payable on the fifteenth day of
each month (each, a "Distribution  Date"),  commencing March 15, 1996. Principal
on the Notes will be payable on each  Distribution  Date to the extent described
herein. The Certificates  represent fractional undivided interests in the Trust.
The  Certificates  will  bear  interest  at the rate of  5.85%  per  annum  (the
"Pass-Through  Rate")  and will be  distributed  to  Certificateholders  on each
Distribution Date to the extent described herein.  Distributions of interest and
principal on the  Certificates  will be  subordinated  in priority of payment to
payment of interest and principal on the Notes, to the extent described  herein.
No principal will be paid on the  Certificates  until all of the Notes have been
paid in full,  except for payments of the Principal  Liquidation Loss Amount (as
defined herein),  if any. The final scheduled  Distribution Date for the Class A
Notes and the Certificates will be the December 2011 Distribution Date.
    

      There currently is no secondary  market for the Securities and there is no
assurance that one will develop. The Underwriters expect, but are not obligated,
to make a market in the  Securities.  There is no assurance that any such market
will  develop,  or if one  does  develop,  that  it  will  continue  or  provide
sufficient liquidity.

      IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS  MAY  OVER-ALLOT OR
EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS  WHICH  STABILIZE  OR  MAINTAIN  THE  MARKET  PRICES OF THE
SECURITIES  AT LEVELS  ABOVE  THOSE WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

   
      The Company has filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  on  behalf  of the  Trust a  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1
(together  with  all  amendments  and  exhibits   thereto,   the   "Registration
Statement"),  of which this  Prospectus is a part,  under the  Securities Act of
1933, as amended,  with respect to the  Securities  being offered  hereby.  This
Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement, certain parts of which have been omitted in accordance with the rules
and regulations of the Commission. For further information, reference is made to
the Registration  Statement,  including exhibits filed as part thereof, which is
available for inspection  without charge at the public  reference  facilities of
the Commission at Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549,  and the regional  offices of the  Commission at Suite 1400  Northwestern
Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and Seven World
Trade  Center,  New York,  New York  10048.  Copies of such  information  can be
obtained  from the  Public  Reference  Section  of the  Commission  at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.  Statements made in
this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract,  agreement or other document
filed  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement,  while  complete  in all
material respects,  do not necessarily  describe all terms or provisions of such
contract, agreement or other document. For a complete description,  reference is
made to each such  contract,  agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement. The Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, will also file
or cause to be filed with the Commission  such periodic  reports as are required
under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended,  and the  rules and
regulations of the  Commission  thereunder.  Such reports and other  information
filed on behalf of the  Trust  will be  available  for  inspection  as set forth
above.
    

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

      Unless and until Definitive  Certificates  are issued,  monthly and annual
unaudited  reports  containing  information  concerning  the  Contracts  will be
prepared  by the  Servicer  and sent on behalf  of the Trust  only to Cede & Co.
("Cede"),  as  nominee  of DTC  and  registered  holder  of the  Notes  and  the
Certificates.  Securityholders may elect to hold their securities through any of
DTC (in the United States) and, in the case of  Noteholders,  Cedel or Euroclear
(in  Europe).   DTC  will  forward  such  reports  to   Participants,   Indirect
Participants,  Cedel  Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants.  See  "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Reports to
Securityholders." Such reports will not constitute financial statements prepared
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     SUMMARY

      This  Summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by reference to the detailed
information  appearing  elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Certain capitalized terms
used in the Summary are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Reference is made
to the "Index of Principal Terms" for the location herein of defined terms.

Issuer ....................     CIT RV Owner Trust  1996-A  (the  "Trust" or the
                                "Issuer"),  a  Delaware  business  trust  to  be
                                formed  by the  Seller  and  the  Owner  Trustee
                                pursuant to the Trust Agreement,  to be dated as
                                of February 1, 1996.

Seller ....................     The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II (the
                                "Company"),  a  wholly-owned,   limited  purpose
                                subsidiary  of  The  CIT  Group  Holdings,  Inc.
                                ("CIT").  Neither CIT nor any of its affiliates,
                                including  the Company  and The CIT  Group/Sales
                                Financing,   Inc.  ("CITSF"),   has  guaranteed,
                                insured or is otherwise  obligated  with respect
                                to the  Securities.  See "Risk  Factors--Limited
                                Obligations".

Servicer ...................    The CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,  Inc.  (in such
                                capacity  referred to herein as the "Servicer"),
                                a wholly-owned subsidiary of CIT.

Indenture Trustee ..........    Harris Trust and Savings  Bank, as trustee under
                                the  Indenture,  to be dated as of  February  1,
                                1996 (the "Indenture Trustee").

   
Owner Trustee ..............    The  Bank of New  York  (Delaware),  as  trustee
                                under  the  Trust  Agreement,  to be dated as of
                                February  1,  1996  (the  "Owner  Trustee"  and,
                                together   with  the  Indenture   Trustee,   the
                                "Trustees"). The Bank of New York (Delaware)is a
                                wholly-owned  subsidiary of The Bank of New York
                                which  is  expected  to  act  as  a   co-trustee
                                pursuant  to a  co-trustee  aggreement  with the
                                Owner Trustee.
    

Risk Factors ................   Certain potential risks and other considerations
                                are  particularly  relevant  to  a  decision  to
                                invest in any  securities  sold  hereunder.  See
                                "Risk Factors".

   
The Notes ...................   The  CIT RV  Owner  Trust  1996-A  Class A 5.40%
                                Asset  Backed Notes (the "Notes" or the "Class A
                                Notes") will represent  obligations of the Trust
                                secured by the assets of the Trust  (other  than
                                the  Certificate  Distribution  Account  and the
                                Cash    Collateral     Account).     See    "The
                                Notes--General".
    

                                The  Trust  will  issue  $236,250,000  aggregate
                                principal amount of Class A Notes pursuant to an
                                Indenture,  to be dated as of  February 1, 1996,
                                between  the  Issuer and the  Indenture  Trustee
                                (the "Indenture"). See "The Notes--General".

                                The  Notes  will  be  offered  for  purchase  in
                                minimum  denominations  of $1,000  and  integral
                                multiples   of  $1,000  in  excess   thereof  in
                                book-entry form only.  Definitive  Notes will be
                                issued  only  under  the  limited  circumstances
                                described herein.  Persons acquiring  beneficial
                                interests in the Notes will hold their interests
                                through The Depository  Trust Company ("DTC") in
                                the United States or Cedel Bank, societe anonyme
                                ("Cedel") or the Euroclear System  ("Euroclear")
                                in Europe.  See "Certain  Information  Regarding
                                the  Securities--Book-Entry   Registration"  and
                                "--Definitive Securities" and Annex I hereto.

   
The Certificates ...........    The CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A 5.85% Asset Backed
                                Certificates (the  "Certificates"  and, together
                                with the Notes, the "Securities") will represent
                                fractional undivided interests in the Trust. See
                                "The Certificates--General".
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       3
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                The  Trust  will  issue  $13,750,000   aggregate
                                principal amount of Certificates  (the "Original
                                Certificate   Balance")   pursuant  to  a  Trust
                                Agreement,  to be dated as of  February 1, 1996,
                                between  the Seller and the Owner  Trustee  (the
                                "Trust  Agreement").  Payments in respect of the
                                Certificates will be subordinated to payments on
                                the  Notes  to  the  limited  extent   described
                                herein.  See  "The  Certificates--General".  

                                The  Certificates  will  be  issued  in  minimum
                                denominations of $20,000 and integral  multiples
                                of $1,000 in excess  thereof in book-entry  form
                                only;  provided,  however,  that one Certificate
                                may be issued in a  denomination  other  than an
                                integral   multiple  of  $1,000  such  that  the
                                Affiliated  Purchaser (as defined herein) may be
                                issued  at least 1% of the  Certificate  Balance
                                (as   described   herein).   Persons   acquiring
                                beneficial  interests in the  Certificates  will
                                hold their  interests  through  DTC.  Definitive
                                Certificates  will  be  issued  only  under  the
                                limited  circumstances   described  herein.  See
                                "Certain      Information      Regarding     the
                                Securities--Book-Entry     Registration"     and
                                "--Definitive Securities".

Property of the Trust ....      The property of the Trust will primarily include
                                (i) a pool of simple interest retail installment
                                sale contracts (the "Initial Contracts") secured
                                by  the  new  and  used  recreational   vehicles
                                financed   thereby   (the   "Initial    Financed
                                Vehicles"),  (ii) certain monies  received under
                                the Initial  Contracts on and after  February 1,
                                1996  (the  "Initial   Cut-off   Date"),   (iii)
                                security   interests  in  the  Initial  Financed
                                Vehicles,  (iv) the Collection Account, the Note
                                Distribution     Account,     the    Certificate
                                Distribution   Account,   the  Cash   Collateral
                                Account,  the Capitalized  Interest  Account and
                                the Pre-Funding  Account,  in each case together
                                with the proceeds thereof (other than investment
                                earnings on the Cash  Collateral  Account),  (v)
                                the proceeds from claims under certain insurance
                                policies  in  respect  of   individual   Initial
                                Financed  Vehicles or the related  Obligors  and
                                (vi) certain rights under the Sale and Servicing
                                Agreement,  to be dated as of  February  1, 1996
                                (the "Sale and Servicing Agreement"),  among the
                                Seller, the Servicer and the Trust. 

                                From  time to time on or  before  May 15,  1996,
                                additional  simple interest  retail  installment
                                sale contracts (the "Subsequent  Contracts" and,
                                together   with  the  Initial   Contracts,   the
                                "Contracts")   secured   by  the  new  and  used
                                recreational   vehicles  financed  thereby  (the
                                "Subsequent  Financed  Vehicles"  and,  together
                                with  the   Initial   Financed   Vehicles,   the
                                "Financed  Vehicles"),  certain monies  received
                                under the Subsequent  Contracts on and after the
                                related  Subsequent   Cut-off  Dates,   security
                                interests in the  Subsequent  Financed  Vehicles
                                and proceeds from claims under certain insurance
                                policies  in  respect of  individual  Subsequent
                                Financed  Vehicles or the related  Obligors will
                                be  purchased  by the Trust from the Seller from
                                monies on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account.
                                See "The Trust Property".

 The  Contracts ..........      The property of the Trust will consist primarily
                                of installment  sale contracts for  recreational
                                vehicles  originated  by  recreational   vehicle
                                dealers  ("Dealers")  in the ordinary  course of
                                business  and  acquired  by  CITSF  or  The  CIT
                                Group/Consumer  Finance,  Inc. (NY) ("CITCF-NY")
                                in the  ordinary  course  of its  business.  The
                                Financed  Vehicles  will consist of motor homes,
                                travel  trailers and other types of recreational
                                vehicles.  See "The Contract  Pool". On or prior
                                to the date of issuance of the  Securities  (the
                                "Closing  Date"),  CITCF-NY  will  sell  certain
                                contracts   that   will  constitute  a   portion
                                of    the  Initial   Contracts    to       CITSF

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                pursuant to a purchase agreement, to be dated as
                                of  February  1,  1996,  and CITSF will sell the
                                Initial  Contracts to the Company  pursuant to a
                                purchase  agreement,  to be dated as of February
                                1,  1996  (the  "Purchase  Agreement"),  and the
                                Company  will sell the Initial  Contracts to the
                                Trust   pursuant  to  the  Sale  and   Servicing
                                Agreement. 

                                As of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date,  the  Initial
                                Contracts had an aggregate  principal balance of
                                $181,744,965,   a  weighted   average   original
                                maturity of 156 months and a remaining  weighted
                                average  maturity  of  148  months.   The  final
                                scheduled  payment date on the Initial  Contract
                                with the last maturity  occurs in February 2011.
                                See "The Contract Pool". 

                                From  time to time on or prior to May 15,  1996,
                                pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,
                                CITSF will be obligated to sell, and the Company
                                will be obligated  to  purchase,  subject to the
                                satisfaction  of  certain  conditions  described
                                therein,  Subsequent  Contracts  at  a  purchase
                                price equal to the  aggregate  principal  amount
                                thereof as of the first day in the related month
                                of transfer  designated by CITSF and the Company
                                (each, a "Subsequent  Cut-off Date").  A portion
                                of such Subsequent  Contracts may be acquired by
                                CITSF from  CITCF-NY.  Pursuant  to the Sale and
                                Servicing  Agreement and one or more  subsequent
                                transfer   agreements   (each,   a   "Subsequent
                                Transfer Agreement") between the Company and the
                                Trust,   and  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of
                                certain  conditions   described   therein,   the
                                Company   will  in  turn  sell  the   Subsequent
                                Contracts to the Trust at a purchase price equal
                                to the amount  paid by the  Company to CITSF for
                                such Subsequent Contracts,  which purchase price
                                shall be paid  from  monies  on  deposit  in the
                                Pre-Funding  Account.  The  aggregate  principal
                                balance  of  the  Subsequent   Contracts  to  be
                                conveyed to the Trust during the Funding  Period
                                will   not   exceed   $68,255,035.    Subsequent
                                Contracts will be transferred  from CITSF to the
                                Company and from the Company to the Trust on the
                                Business Day  specified by CITSF and the Company
                                during the month in which the related Subsequent
                                Cut-off  Date  occurs   (each,   a   "Subsequent
                                Transfer Date").

 The Pre-Funding Account ..     The Pre-Funding  Account will be maintained with
                                an Eligible  Institution  (as  defined  herein),
                                initially the Indenture  Trustee,  and the funds
                                on deposit  therein  will be invested  solely in
                                Permitted  Investments (as defined herein), that
                                mature not later than one  Business Day prior to
                                the next  succeeding  Distribution  Date,  until
                                they are applied by the Owner Trustee during
                                the  Funding  Period to pay to the  Company  the
                                purchase  price for  Subsequent  Contracts.  See
                                "The   Purchase   Agreements   and   the   Trust
                                Documents--Accounts."  Monies on  deposit in the
                                Pre-Funding  Account  will not be  available  to
                                cover losses on or in respect of the  Contracts.
                               
                                On the Closing Date the Pre-Funding Account will
                                be  created  with an initial  deposit,  from the
                                proceeds of the Securities,  of $68,255,035 (the
                                "Pre-Funded Amount"),  representing 27.3% of the
                                initial balance of the Securities.  The "Funding
                                Period" will be the period from the Closing Date
                                until the  earliest  to occur of (i) the date on
                                which the amount on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding
                                Account is less than $100,000,  (ii) the date on
                                which an  Event  of  Default  occurs  under  the
                                Indenture,  (iii)  the date on which an Event of
                                Termination  occurs under the Sale and Servicing
                                Agreement,  (iv) the  insolvency of the Company,
                                CITSF,   CITCF-NY  or  CIT  or (v)   the   close
                                of   business   on   May 15,  1996.  During  the
                                Funding  Period,   on  one  or  more  Subsequent

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       5
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                Transfer  Dates,  the Pre-Funded  Amount will be
                                applied to purchase  Subsequent  Contracts  from
                                the  Company.   The  Company  expects  that  the
                                Pre-Funded  Amount  will be reduced to less than
                                $100,000 by May 15, 1996,  although no assurance
                                can be given that this will in fact  occur.  Any
                                portion of the  Pre-Funded  Amount  remaining on
                                deposit in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of
                                the Funding  Period will be payable as principal
                                to   Noteholders   and   Certificateholders   in
                                accordance  with the  Pre-Funded  Percentage (as
                                hereinafter  defined) on the first  Distribution
                                Date  thereafter  or, if the end of the  Funding
                                Period is on a Distribution  Date,  then on such
                                date. 

   
Capitalized Interest
   Account ...............      On the Closing  Date  approximately  $499,116 of
                                the  proceeds  from the  sale of the  Securities
                                will  be   deposited   into  an   account   (the
                                "Capitalized  Interest Account") maintained with
                                an Eligible Institution, initially the Indenture
                                Trustee,in  the  name of the  Owner  Trustee  on
                                behalf of the Securityholders. Amounts deposited
                                in the Capitalized Interest Account will be used
                                on the March 15,  1996,  April 15,  1996 and May
                                15, 1996 Distribution  Dates, if applicable,  to
                                fund the  excess,  if any, of (i) the product of
                                (x)  one-twelfth of the weighted  average of the
                                Class A Rate and the Pass-Through Rate as of the
                                first day of the related Interest Accrual Period
                                and  (y)  the   undisbursed   funds   (excluding
                                investment  earnings) in the Pre-Funding Account
                                (as of the last day of the  related  Due Period)
                                over (ii) the amount of any investment  earnings
                                on funds  in the  Pre-Funding  Account  that are
                                available to pay interest on the  Securities  on
                                each   such    Distribution    Date.   On   each
                                Distribution  Date during the Funding Period any
                                amount  remaining  in the  Capitalized  Interest
                                Account  in excess of the  Required  Capitalized
                                Interest  Amount (as defined under "The Contract
                                Pool--Pre-Funding Account;  Capitalized Interest
                                Account")  shall be released  to the  Affiliated
                                Purchaser  (as  defined  herein).   Any  amounts
                                remaining in the Capitalized Interest Account on
                                the last day of the Funding  Period and not used
                                for  such  purposes  will  be  deposited  in the
                                Collection  Account  and will be  available  for
                                distributions, as described herein, on the first
                                Distribution  Date  thereafter or, if the end of
                                the Funding  Period is on a  Distribution  Date,
                                then on such date.
    

Distribution Dates .......      Payments  of  interest  and   principal  on  the
                                Securities  will be made on the fifteenth day of
                                each month or, if any such day is not a Business
                                Day  (as  hereinafter   defined),  on  the  next
                                succeeding  Business Day (each, a  "Distribution
                                Date"),  commencing March 15, 1996.  Payments on
                                the Securities on each Distribution Date will be
                                made to the  holders  of record  of the  related
                                Securities  at the close of  business on the day
                                immediately preceding such Distribution Date or,
                                in the  event  Definitive  Securities  have been
                                issued, at the close of business on the last day
                                of the month immediately  preceding the month in
                                which such  Distribution  Date occurs  (each,  a
                                "Record  Date").  

                                To the extent not previously  paid in full prior
                                to such time, the outstanding  principal  amount
                                of the Class A Notes and the  Certificates  will
                                be payable on the Distribution Date occurring in
                                December  2011  (the  "Class  A Final  Scheduled
                                Distribution  Date" and the  "Certificate  Final
                                Scheduled  Distribution Date").

                                A  "Business  Day"  is  any  day  other  than  a
                                Saturday,  Sunday  or any day on  which  banking
                                institutions or trust companies in the states of
                                New York,  Delaware,  Illinois or  Oklahoma  are
                                authorized by law, regulation or executive order
                                to be closed.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       6
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest Accrual Period ..      The  period for which  interest  is payable on a
                                Distribution Date on the Securities shall be the
                                one-month    period   from   the   most   recent
                                Distribution  Date on  which  interest  has been
                                paid to but excluding the following Distribution
                                Date, or in the case of the initial Distribution
                                Date from February 15, 1996 to but excluding the
                                initial  Distribution  Date (each,  an "Interest
                                Accrual Period").

Due Period ...............      With respect to any Distribution  Date, the "Due
                                Period" is the period  during  which  principal,
                                interest  and  fees  will  be  collected  on the
                                Contracts for application towards the payment of
                                principal  and  interest to the  Securityholders
                                and the  payment  of  fees on such  Distribution
                                Date.  The  "Due  Period"  will be the  calendar
                                month  immediately  preceding  the  Distribution
                                Date.  The first Due Period will commence on and
                                include  February  1,  1996  and will end on and
                                include February 29, 1996.

Determination Date .......      The  "Determination  Date" is the third Business
                                Day  prior to each  Distribution  Date.  On each
                                Determination  Date, the Indenture  Trustee will
                                determine the amount in the  Collection  Account
                                available  for   distribution   on  the  related
                                Distribution Date, allocate such amounts between
                                the Notes and the Certificates and make payments
                                to  Securityholders  all as described under "The
                                Purchase     Agreements     and    The     Trust
                                Documents--Distributions".

Terms of the Notes .......      The  principal  terms  of the  Notes  will be as
                                described below:

   
  A. Interest Rate ........     The Class A Notes will bear interest at the rate
                                of 5.40% per annum (the "Class A Rate").
    

  B. Interest ............      Interest  accruing  during the related  Interest
                                Accrual  Period  (computed  on  the  basis  of a
                                360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months)
                                will be paid to the Noteholders of record on the
                                related Record Date, on each Distribution  Date,
                                to the  extent of the  Available  Amount on such
                                Distribution  Date  (i) in an  amount  equal  to
                                one-twelfth  of the  product of the Class A Rate
                                and the  outstanding  principal  balance  on the
                                Notes,  as of the  preceding  Distribution  Date
                                (after   giving  effect  to   distributions   of
                                principal  and  interest  to  be  made  on  such
                                Distribution  Date)  or (ii) in the  case of the
                                first  Distribution  Date, in an amount equal to
                                interest  accruing  at the  Class  A  Rate  from
                                February  15,  1996 to but  excluding  the first
                                Distribution Date, on the outstanding  principal
                                balance of the Notes as of the Closing Date. See
                                "The Notes--Payment of Interest".

  C. Principal ...........      Principal  of the Notes  will be payable on each
                                Distribution  Date  in an  amount  equal  to the
                                Principal  Distribution  Amount,  calculated  as
                                described   under   "The    Notes--Payments   of
                                Principal",  to  the  extent  of  the  Available
                                Amount   (as   defined   under   "The   Purchase
                                Agreements         and         The         Trust
                                Documents--Distributions"    herein)   remaining
                                after the Servicer has been  reimbursed  for any
                                outstanding  Monthly  Advances and has been paid
                                the   Servicing   Fee   (including   any  unpaid
                                Servicing  Fee with respect to one or more prior
                                Due  Periods)  and  following  the   payment  of
                                interest due on the Notes on  such  Distribution
                                Date. 

                                The unpaid  principal  balance of the Notes will
                                be  payable  on  the  Class  A  Final  Scheduled
                                Distribution  Date. See "The  Notes--Payments of
                                Principal".

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       7
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  D. Redemption ..........      The  Notes   will  be   subject   to   mandatory
                                redemption in part, on a pro rata basis,  in the
                                event that any portion of the Pre-Funded  Amount
                                remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account at
                                the end of the  Funding  Period.  The  aggregate
                                principal amount of Notes to be redeemed on such
                                date will be an amount  equal to the  Pre-Funded
                                Percentage  allocable to the Notes of the amount
                                then on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account. The
                                "Pre-Funded  Percentage"  with  respect  to  the
                                Notes  or the  Certificates  is  the  percentage
                                derived  from the  fraction,  the  numerator  of
                                which is the  initial  principal  balance of the
                                Notes or the Original  Certificate  Balance,  as
                                the case may be, and the denominator of which is
                                the sum of the initial  principal balance of the
                                Notes and the initial Certificate  Balance.  See
                                "The Notes--Redemption" and "Certain Information
                                Regarding the Securities".

                                In the event of an Optional  Purchase or Auction
                                Sale, as described herein, the outstanding Notes
                                will be redeemed, at a redemption price equal to
                                the unpaid principal amount of the Class A Notes
                                plus accrued and unpaid interest  thereon at the
                                Class A Rate. See "Summary--Optional Purchase of
                                the   Contracts",    "--Auction    Sale",   "The
                                Notes--Redemption"  and "The Purchase Agreements
                                and The Trust Documents--Insolvency Event".

                                If an Insolvency  Event (as defined herein) with
                                respect to the Affiliated  Purchaser (as defined
                                herein) occurs, the Indenture Trustee (or, if no
                                Notes are  outstanding,  the Owner Trustee) will
                                promptly sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate
                                the  Contracts  in  a  commercially   reasonable
                                manner on commercially  reasonable terms, except
                                under   certain   limited   circumstances.   The
                                proceeds  from any  such  sale,  disposition  or
                                liquidation  of the Contracts will be treated as
                                collections  on the  Contracts  and deposited in
                                the Collection Account. If the proceeds from the
                                liquidation  of the Contracts and any amounts on
                                deposit in the Note Distribution Account and the
                                Certificate   Distribution   Account   are   not
                                sufficient to pay the Notes and  Certificates in
                                full,  distributions  will be made first, to the
                                payment of interest  and  principal on the Notes
                                and  second,  to the  payment  of  interest  and
                                principal  on the  Certificates.  In such event,
                                the  amount  of   principal   returned   to  the
                                Certificateholders  will  be  reduced  and  such
                                Certificateholders  will incur a loss, except to
                                the extent of payments to the Certificateholders
                                from the Cash Collateral Account, subject to the
                                Available  Cash  Collateral   Amount.  See  "The
                                Purchase     Agreements     and    The     Trust
                                Documents--Insolvency Event".

Terms of the 
  Certificates ...........      The principal terms of the Certificates  will be
                                as described below:

   
  A. Pass-Through Rate ...      The Certificates  will bear interest at the rate
                                of 5.85% per annum (the "Pass-Through Rate").
    

  B. Interest ............      Interest  accruing  during the related  Interest
                                Accrual  Period  (computed  on  the  basis  of a
                                360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months)
                                will be paid to the Certificateholders of record
                                on the related Record Date, on each Distribution
                                Date, to the extent of the  Available  Amount on
                                such Distribution Date (i) in an amount equal to
                                one-twelfth  of the product of the  Pass-Through
                                Rate  and  the  Certificate  Balance,  as of the
                                preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect
                                to distributions of principal and interest to be
                                made  on  such   Distribution   Date) or (ii) in

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       8
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                the case of the first  Distribution  Date, in an
                                amount   equal  to  interest   accruing  at  the
                                Pass-Through  Rate from February 15, 1996 to but
                                excluding  the first  Distribution  Date, on the
                                Original    Certificate    Balance.   See   "The
                                Certificates--Distribution   of  Interest".  The
                                "Certificate   Balance"   means   the   Original
                                Certificate   Balance   reduced   by   (i)   all
                                distributions  allocable to  principal  actually
                                made to  Certificateholders,  including payments
                                of any  Principal  Liquidation  Loss  Amount and
                                payments of any  Principal  Distribution  Amount
                                made  to  the   Certificateholders   which   are
                                allocable  to  principal,   (ii)  the  aggregate
                                amount of all Principal Liquidation Loss Amounts
                                distributable  to   Certificateholders   to  the
                                extent such amounts have not been so  previously
                                distributed   and   (iii)   on  or   after   the
                                Distribution  Date on  which  the  Class A Notes
                                have been paid in full (the "Cross-Over  Date"),
                                the   aggregate    amount   of   all   Principal
                                Distribution     Amounts     distributable    to
                                Certificateholders  to the extent  such  amounts
                                have   not  been  so   previously   distributed.
                                Distributions  of interest  on the  Certificates
                                will be  funded to the  extent of the  Available
                                Amount after the  Servicer  has been  reimbursed
                                for any  outstanding  Monthly  Advances  and has
                                been paid the Servicer  Payment and interest and
                                principal  has been paid in respect of the Notes
                                on such Distribution Date or, to the extent such
                                Available Amount is insufficient, will be funded
                                through  a  payment  from  the  Cash  Collateral
                                Account,   subject   to   the   Available   Cash
                                Collateral  Amount  (as  hereinafter   defined),
                                under the circumstances  described  herein.  The
                                rights   of    Certificateholders   to   receive
                                distributions  of interest will be  subordinated
                                to the rights of Noteholders to receive interest
                                and  principal,  as described  herein.  See "The
                                Certificates--Distributions of Interest".

  C. Principal ...........      On  each  Distribution  Date  on  or  after  the
                                Cross-Over  Date,  principal of the Certificates
                                will  be  payable,   subject  to  the  remaining
                                Available   Amount   and  the   Available   Cash
                                Collateral  Amount,  in an  amount  equal to the
                                Principal  Distribution  Amount with  respect to
                                such Distribution  Date. Such principal payments
                                will be  funded to the  extent of the  Available
                                Amount  remaining  after the  Servicer  has been
                                reimbursed for any outstanding  Monthly Advances
                                and has been paid the Servicer Payment,  and the
                                interest due on the  Certificates  has been paid
                                or,  to the  extent  such  Available  Amount  is
                                insufficient,  will be funded  through a payment
                                from the Cash Collateral Account, subject to the
                                Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount,  under  the
                                circumstances  described  herein.  The rights of
                                Certificateholders  to receive  distributions of
                                principal     (following    the    payment    of
                                distributions  of  interest  in  respect  of the
                                Certificates) will be subordinated to the rights
                                of  Noteholders  to  receive   distributions  of
                                interest and principal.

                                On  each   Distribution   Date   prior   to  the
                                Cross-Over Date, the Certificateholders  will be
                                entitled  to receive the  Principal  Liquidation
                                Loss  Amount for such  Distribution  Date.  Such
                                principal  payments will be funded to the extent
                                of the  Available  Amount  remaining  after  the
                                Servicer has been reimbursed for any outstanding
                                Monthly  Advances and has been paid the Servicer
                                Payment,  the  principal and interest due on the
                                Notes  has  been  paid and the  interest  on the
                                Certificates  has been  paid or,  to the  extent
                                that   such   remaining   Available   Amount  is
                                insufficient,  will be funded  through a payment
                                from the Cash Collateral Account, subject to the

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       9
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount,  under  the
                                circumstances  described herein.  The "Principal
                                Liquidation  Loss  Amount" for any  Distribution
                                Date will equal the amount, if any, by which the
                                sum  of  the  aggregate   outstanding  principal
                                balance of the Notes and the Certificate Balance
                                (after  giving  effect to all  distributions  of
                                principal on such Distribution Date) exceeds the
                                sum of the  aggregate  principal  balance of the
                                Contracts (the "Pool  Balance") plus the amounts
                                remaining on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account,
                                if any, at the close of business on the last day
                                of  the  related  Due  Period.   The   Principal
                                Liquidation   Loss  Amount   represents   future
                                principal   payments  on  the  Contracts   that,
                                because of the subordination of the Certificates
                                and  liquidation  losses on the Contracts,  will
                                not  be  paid  to  the  Certificateholders.  The
                                Certificate  Balance  will  be  reduced  to  the
                                extent  that  prior  to  the   Cross-Over   Date
                                distributions  are not  made in  respect  of the
                                Principal  Loss  Liquidation  Amount  and  on or
                                after the Cross-Over Date  distributions are not
                                made in  respect of the  Principal  Distribution
                                Amount.  As a result  of such  reductions,  less
                                interest  will accrue on the  Certificates  than
                                would otherwise be the case.

                                In  the   event   that  the   Certificates   are
                                outstanding on the  Certificate  Final Scheduled
                                Distribution  Date (after  taking  into  account
                                distributions  on such date),  the Owner Trustee
                                will withdraw from the Cash  Collateral  Account
                                (to the extent funds are  available  therefor in
                                the Cash Collateral  Account),  and will deposit
                                in  the  Certificate  Distribution  Account  for
                                distribution   to  the   Certificateholders   in
                                retirement of the Certificates,  an amount equal
                                to the Certificate Balance.

D. Redemption ............      The  Certificates  will be subject to  mandatory
                                redemption in part, on a pro rata basis,  in the
                                event that any portion of the Pre-Funded  Amount
                                remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account at
                                the end of the  Funding  Period.  The  aggregate
                                principal  amount of Certificates to be redeemed
                                on such  date  will be an  amount  equal  to the
                                Pre-Funded    Percentage    allocable   to   the
                                Certificates  of the  amount  then on deposit in
                                the     Pre-Funding     Account.     See    "The
                                Certificates--Redemption"      and      "Certain
                                Information Regarding The Securities".

                                In the event of an Optional  Purchase or Auction
                                Sale,  the  Certificates  will be  redeemed at a
                                redemption   price  equal  to  the   Certificate
                                Balance plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon
                                at the Pass-Through Rate. See "Summary--Optional
                                Purchase of the  Contracts",  "--Auction  Sale",
                                "The Certificates--Redemption" and "The Purchase
                                Agreements  and The Trust  Documents--Insolvency
                                Event".

Mandatory Prepayment .....      The Notes and the  Certificates  will be prepaid
                                in   part,   on  a  pro  rata   basis,   on  the
                                Distribution Date immediately succeeding the day
                                on  which  the  Funding  Period  ends (or on the
                                Distribution  Date on which the  Funding  Period
                                ends   if  the   Funding   Period   ends   on  a
                                Distribution Date) in the event that any portion
                                of the  Pre-Funded  Amount remains on deposit in
                                the  Pre-Funding  Account after giving effect to
                                the  acquisition  by the  Seller and the sale to
                                the Trust of all Subsequent Contracts, including
                                any such  acquisition and conveyance on the date
                                on which the Funding  Period ends. The amount to
                                be    distributed     to     Noteholders     and
                                Certificateholders  in connection  with any such
                                prepayment will equal the Pre-Funded  Percentage
                                allocable  to the  Notes  and the  Certificates,
                                respectively,   of  the   remaining   Pre-Funded
                                Amount.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       10
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Subordination of
  the Certificates .......      The rights of the  Certificateholders to receive
                                distributions with respect to the Contracts will
                                be  subordinated  to the  rights  of the Class A
                                Noteholders,  to the  extent  described  herein.
                                This  subordination  is  intended to enhance the
                                likelihood   of  timely   receipt   by  Class  A
                                Noteholders  of the full amount of interest  and
                                principal  required  to be paid to them,  and to
                                afford   such   Class  A   Noteholders   limited
                                protection  against  losses  in  respect  of the
                                Contracts.

                                No   distribution    will   be   made   to   the
                                Certificateholders  on any Distribution  Date in
                                respect of (i) interest until the full amount of
                                interest  and  principal  on the  Class  A Notes
                                payable  on  such  Distribution  Date  has  been
                                distributed  to the Class A  Noteholders,  other
                                than payments from the Cash Collateral  Account,
                                and (ii) principal  until the Class A Notes have
                                been paid in full,  other than  distributions in
                                respect  of  the  Principal   Liquidation   Loss
                                Amount.

                                The   protection   afforded   to  the   Class  A
                                Noteholders   by   the   subordination   feature
                                described   above  will  be   effected   by  the
                                preferential right of the Class A Noteholders to
                                receive, to the extent described herein, current
                                distributions  from collections on or in respect
                                of the  Contracts  prior to the  application  of
                                such  collections to making  payments in respect
                                of  the   Certificates.   There   is  no   other
                                protection   against  losses  on  the  Contracts
                                afforded the Class A Notes.  The Cash Collateral
                                Account  will  not be  available  to  provide  a
                                source of funds to make payments of principal or
                                interest on the Notes.

Cash Collateral Account ..      On the  Closing  Date,  an  account  (the  "Cash
                                Collateral   Account")   will   be   established
                                pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.
                                The  Owner   Trustee  will  have  the  right  to
                                withdraw  (or  cause to be  withdrawn)  payments
                                from the Cash  Collateral  Account under certain
                                circumstances    specified   below.   The   Cash
                                Collateral Account will be funded on the Closing
                                Date in the amount of  $5,625,000  (the "Initial
                                Cash Collateral  Amount") from the proceeds of a
                                loan  (the  "Loan")  to be  made  by one or more
                                financial  institutions  selected by the Company
                                (the "Cash Collateral  Depositor") pursuant to a
                                Cash   Collateral   Agreement   among  the  Cash
                                Collateral Depositor, the Trust and the Servicer
                                (the  "Cash  Collateral  Agreement").  The  Cash
                                Collateral Depositor's only recourse against the
                                Trust for repayment of the Loan is from the Cash
                                Collateral   Account   Surplus  (as  hereinafter
                                defined),  certain investment  earnings on funds
                                deposited  in the Cash  Collateral  Account  and
                                payments from the Cash  Collateral  Account upon
                                maturity of the Loan,  in each case as set forth
                                in the Cash Collateral  Agreement.  With respect
                                to any  Distribution  Date, the amount available
                                to be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account
                                (the "Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount") will
                                equal  the  lesser  of  (i)  the  Required  Cash
                                Collateral Amount and (ii) the amount on deposit
                                in the Cash  Collateral  Account,  exclusive  of
                                interest and earnings thereon and any investment
                                losses and expenses and before  giving effect to
                                any  deposit  to be made to the Cash  Collateral
                                Account  on  such  Distribution   Date.  If  the
                                Available  Amount  on any  Distribution  Date is
                                insufficient (after reimbursing the Servicer for
                                Monthly  Advances to the extent  required by the
                                Sale  and   Servicing   Agreement,   paying  the
                                Servicer  Payment  and paying the  interest  and

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       11
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                principal  due on the Notes) to pay the interest
                                and   principal   (including,   prior   to   the
                                Cross-Over Date, any Principal  Liquidation Loss
                                Amount)   required  to  be  distributed  on  the
                                Certificates  on  such  Distribution  Date,  the
                                Owner  Trustee  will  withdraw  (or  cause to be
                                withdrawn) from the Cash  Collateral  Account an
                                amount equal to the lesser of the amount of such
                                deficiency  or  the  Available  Cash  Collateral
                                Amount.  See  "The  Purchase  Agreement  and The
                                Trust    Documents--Credit     Enhancement--Cash
                                Collateral  Account" and  "--Distributions".  If
                                the Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount is zero,
                                holders of the  Certificates  will bear the risk
                                of loss  resulting  from default by Obligors (as
                                hereinafter  defined)  and  will  have  to  look
                                primarily  to the value of the related  Financed
                                Vehicles   for   recovery  of  the   outstanding
                                principal  and unpaid  interest on the Defaulted
                                Contracts.

                                On each  Distribution  Date,  the Servicer  will
                                deposit   Excess   Collections   into  the  Cash
                                Collateral  Account in an amount  sufficient  to
                                increase  the  amount  on  deposit  in the  Cash
                                Collateral   Account   to  the   Required   Cash
                                Collateral   Amount  and  to  make  payments  of
                                principal or interest on the Loan as required by
                                the   Cash    Collateral    Agreement.    Excess
                                Collections,  if  any,  not  so  required  to be
                                deposited in the Cash Collateral Account will be
                                paid to the  Affiliated  Purchaser  (as  defined
                                herein).    "Excess    Collections"    for   any
                                Distribution   Date  will   equal  the   amounts
                                collected   or   deposited  in  respect  of  the
                                Contracts  in the  related  Due Period and which
                                are remaining in the Collection  Account on such
                                Distribution  Date  after  taking  into  account
                                distributions  to be made on the  Securities and
                                payments  and  reimbursements  to be made to the
                                Servicer  on such  Distribution  Date.  See "The
                                Purchase     Agreements     and    The     Trust
                                Documents--Distributions".  The  "Required  Cash
                                Collateral   Amount"   with   respect   to   any
                                Distribution   Date  means  2.25%  of  the  Pool
                                Balance as of the first day of the  related  Due
                                Period,  but in no event  less than  $1,875,000,
                                subject to adjustment based on delinquencies and
                                losses  on  the  Contracts,  provided  that  the
                                Required Cash  Collateral  Amount shall never be
                                greater  than  the  outstanding  balance  of the
                                Certificates  and may be  reduced  from  time to
                                time if the  Rating  Agencies  shall  have given
                                prior written notice to the Seller, the Servicer
                                and the  Issuer  that  such  reduction  will not
                                result in a downgrade or  withdrawal of the then
                                current   ratings   of   the   Notes   and   the
                                Certificates.  See "The  Purchase  Agreement and
                                The  Trust  Documents--Credit  Enhancement--Cash
                                Collateral Account".

                                If, on any Distribution Date, the Available Cash
                                Collateral Amount (after taking into account any
                                deposits  to  and  withdrawals   from  the  Cash
                                Collateral  Account  pursuant  to the  Sale  and
                                Servicing  Agreement on such Distribution  Date)
                                exceeds the Required Cash Collateral  Amount for
                                the next  Distribution  Date,  such  excess (the
                                "Cash Collateral  Account Surplus") will, to the
                                extent  required to make  payments of  principal
                                and interest on the Loan, be withdrawn  from the
                                Cash  Collateral  Account  and  paid to the Cash
                                Collateral  Depositor.  The balance,  if any, of
                                such  excess  will be  withdrawn  from  the Cash
                                Collateral  Account  and paid to the  Affiliated
                                Purchaser.  See "The Purchase  Agreement and The
                                Trust    Documents--Credit     Enhancement--Cash
                                Collateral Account".

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       12
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Monthly Advances .........      With respect to each  Contract as to which there
                                has  been  an  Interest   Shortfall  during  the
                                related  Due  Period  (other  than  an  Interest
                                Shortfall arising from a Contract which has been
                                prepaid  in full or which has been  subject to a
                                Relief Act Reduction (as defined  herein) during
                                the  related Due  Period),  the  Servicer  shall
                                advance  funds in the  amount  of such  Interest
                                Shortfall (each, a "Monthly Advance"),  but only
                                to the  extent  that the  Servicer,  in its good
                                faith judgment,  expects to recover such Monthly
                                Advance from subsequent collections with respect
                                to  interest  on  such  Contract  made  by or on
                                behalf   of   the   obligor    thereunder   (the
                                "Obligor"),    net   liquidation   proceeds   or
                                insurance   proceeds   with   respect   to  such
                                Contract.  The Servicer  shall be reimbursed for
                                any Monthly Advance from subsequent  collections
                                with respect to such  Contract.  If the Servicer
                                determines  in its good faith  judgment  that an
                                unreimbursed    Monthly    Advance   shall   not
                                ultimately be recoverable from such collections,
                                the  Servicer   shall  be  reimbursed  for  such
                                Monthly   Advance   from   collections   on  all
                                Contracts.  In determining whether an advance is
                                or will be nonrecoverable, the Servicer need not
                                take  into  account  that it might  receive  any
                                amounts in a deficiency  judgment.  The Servicer
                                will  not  advance   funds  in  respect  of  the
                                principal  component of any  scheduled  payment.
                                See  "The  Purchase  Agreements  and  The  Trust
                                Documents--Monthly     Advances".      "Interest
                                Shortfall"  means with  respect to any  Contract
                                and any Distribution Date, the excess of (x) the
                                sum of (i) the  product  of  one-twelfth  of the
                                weighted  average of the  Pass-Through  Rate and
                                the Class A Rate  multiplied by the  outstanding
                                principal amount of such Contract as of the last
                                day of the second  preceding  Due Period (or, in
                                the case of the first Due  Period  ending  after
                                the Contract  was  acquired by the Trust,  as of
                                the  Initial  Cut-off  Date  or  the  Subsequent
                                Cut-off  Date,  as the case may be) and (ii) the
                                product of (A)  one-twelfth of the Servicing Fee
                                Rate and (B) the outstanding principal amount of
                                such  Contract  as of the last day of the second
                                preceding  Due  Period  (or,  in the case of the
                                first Due Period  ending  after the Contract was
                                acquired by the Trust, as of the Initial Cut-off
                                Date or the Subsequent Cut-off Date, as the case
                                may be),  over (y) the  amount of  interest,  if
                                any,  collected on such  Contract in the related
                                Due Period.

Non-Reimbursable 
  Payments ...............      With respect to each  Contract as to which there
                                has been an  Interest  Shortfall  in the related
                                Due Period  arising from either a prepayment  in
                                full of such  Contract or a Relief Act Reduction
                                in  respect  of such  Contract  during  such Due
                                Period,  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  will
                                require  the   Servicer  to  deposit   into  the
                                Collection   Account   on   the   Business   Day
                                immediately preceding the following Distribution
                                Date,    without   the   right   of   subsequent
                                reimbursement,  an amount equal to such Interest
                                Shortfall (a "Non-Reimbursable Payment").

Servicing Fees ...........      The  Servicer  shall  receive a monthly fee (the
                                "Servicing  Fee"),  payable on each Distribution
                                Date, equal to the sum of (i) one-twelfth of the
                                product of 1.00% (the  "Servicing Fee Rate") and
                                the  Pool  Balance  as of  the  last  day of the
                                second  preceding Due Period (or, in the case of
                                the first  Distribution  Date, as of the Initial
                                Cut-off Date) and (ii) any  investment  earnings
                                on amounts on deposit in the Collection Account,
                                the   Note   Distribution    Account   and   the
                                Certificate  Distribution  Account. In addition,
                                the  Servicer  will be  entitled  to collect and
                                retain  any  late  fees,   prepayment   charges,

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       13
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                extension fees or other  administrative  fees or
                                similar  charges  allowed by applicable law with
                                respect to the Contracts ("Late Fees"). See "The
                                Purchase     Agreements     and    The     Trust
                                Documents--Servicing Compensation".

Optional Purchase
   of the Contracts ......      At  its  option,  CITSF  may  purchase  all  the
                                Contracts on any Distribution Date following any
                                Record Date on which the Pool  Balance is 10% or
                                less of the Initial Pool Balance,  at a purchase
                                price   determined   as  described   under  "The
                                Purchase     Agreements     and    The     Trust
                                Documents--Termination."   The   "Initial   Pool
                                Balance"  equals the sum of (i) the Pool Balance
                                as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date  and  (ii) the
                                aggregate  principal  balance of all  Subsequent
                                Contracts   added  to  the  Trust  as  of  their
                                respective  Subsequent  Cut-off  Dates.  

Auction Sale .............      Within  ten  days  after  a  Distribution   Date
                                following  the  Record  Date on  which  the Pool
                                Balance  is 5%  or  less  of  the  Initial  Pool
                                Balance, the Indenture Trustee (or, if the Notes
                                have  been  paid in full and the  Indenture  has
                                been  discharged in  accordance  with its terms,
                                the Owner  Trustee)  shall  solicit bids for the
                                purchase  of  the  Contracts  remaining  in  the
                                Trust. In the event that  satisfactory  bids are
                                received   as   described   in   "The   Purchase
                                Agreements         and         The         Trust
                                Documents--Termination,"  the net sale  proceeds
                                will be distributed to  Securityholders,  in the
                                same order of priority as  collections  received
                                in  respect  of the  Contracts,  on  the  second
                                Distribution  Date  succeeding such Record Date.
                                If  satisfactory  bids  are not  received,  such
                                Trustee  shall decline to sell the Contracts and
                                shall not be under any obligation to solicit any
                                further bids or otherwise  negotiate any further
                                sale  of  the   Contracts.   See  "The  Purchase
                                Agreements         and         The         Trust
                                Documents--Termination". 

  Ratings ................      It  is  a  condition  to  the  issuance  of  the
                                Securities  that  the  Class A Notes be rated in
                                the  highest  rating  category  by at least  one
                                nationally  recognized  rating agency  (each,  a
                                "Rating  Agency") and the  Certificates be rated
                                in at least the third highest rating category by
                                at least one Rating  Agency.  The ratings of the
                                Class A Notes  will be  based  primarily  on the
                                value of the Initial Contracts,  the Pre-Funding
                                Account   and  the  terms  of  the   Securities,
                                including  the  subordination  provided  by  the
                                Certificates.  The  ratings of the  Certificates
                                will be based  primarily on the Cash  Collateral
                                Account.  The  foregoing  ratings do not address
                                the  likelihood  that  the  Securities  will  be
                                retired  following  the sale of the Contracts by
                                the Trustee as  described  above under  "Auction
                                Sale" or "Optional  Purchase of the  Contracts".
                                See "Ratings".  

                                There can be no  assurance  that any rating will
                                remain in effect for any given period of time or
                                that a rating  will not be lowered or  withdrawn
                                by  the  assigning  Rating  Agency  if,  in  its
                                judgement,  circumstances  so  warrant.  In  the
                                event that the rating initially  assigned to the
                                Securities is subsequently  lowered or withdrawn
                                for any  reason,  no person  or  entity  will be
                                obligated  to  provide  any  additional   credit
                                enhancement  with  respect  to such  Securities.
                                There  can be no  assurance  whether  any  other
                                rating agency will rate the Class A Notes or the
                                Certificates,  or if one does, what rating would
                                be assigned by any such other rating  agency.  A
                                security rating is not a recommendation  to buy,
                                sell or hold securities.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       14
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Certain Federal Income
  Tax Considerations .....      For Federal  income tax purposes:  (1) the Notes
                                will  constitute   indebtedness;   and  (2)  the
                                Certificates  will  constitute  interests  in  a
                                trust  fund  that  will  not  be  treated  as an
                                association  taxable  as  a  corporation.   Each
                                Noteholder,  by acceptance of a Note, will agree
                                to treat  the  Notes as  indebtedness,  and each
                                Certificateholder,   by  the   acceptance  of  a
                                Certificate,  will agree to treat the Trust as a
                                partnership in which the  Certificateholders are
                                partners for Federal  income tax  purposes.  See
                                "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences".

ERISA Considerations .....      Subject  to  certain  considerations   discussed
                                under"ERISA  Considerations"  herein,  the Notes
                                will  be  eligible   for  purchase  by  employee
                                benefit  plans that are subject to the  Employee
                                Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as
                                amended ("ERISA").

                                Employee benefit plans subject to ERISA will not
                                be eligible to purchase the Certificates.

                                Any  benefit  plan  fiduciary   considering  the
                                purchase  of  the  Notes  should,   among  other
                                things,  consult with its counsel in determining
                                whether  all  required   conditions   have  been
                                satisfied. See "ERISA Considerations".

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       15
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

      Prospective   Securityholders  should  consider  the  following  risks  in
connection with the purchase of the Securities:

      1. Limited  Obligations.  The Securities will not represent an interest in
or an  obligation  of The CIT  Group  Holdings,  Inc.  ("CIT"),  The  CIT  Group
Securitization  Corporation II (the  "Company"),  the  Affiliated  Purchaser (as
hereinafter  defined) or any Servicer (including The CIT Group/Sales  Financing,
Inc.  ("CITSF")).  The  Securities  will not be  insured  or  guaranteed  by any
government agency or  instrumentality,  CIT or any of its affiliates,  including
the  Company,   the  Affiliated   Purchaser  and  CITSF,  the  Underwriters  (as
hereinafter defined) or any of their affiliates, or any other Servicer or any of
its affiliates.

      2. Risk of Loss. An investment in the Securities may be affected by, among
other  things,  a downturn  in  regional  or local  economic  conditions.  These
regional or local economic  conditions are often volatile and historically  have
affected the  delinquency,  loan loss and  repossession  experience  of pools of
installment sale contracts secured by recreational vehicles. The credit criteria
and underwriting  guidelines under which CITSF originates  recreational  vehicle
installment  sale contracts were changed in 1994. The  delinquency and loan loss
experience  for  CITSF's  portfolio  will be  affected  by this change in credit
criteria. See "The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., Servicer--Delinquency,  Loan
Loss  and  Liquidation   Experience"   herein.   Because  the  market  value  of
recreational  vehicles  generally declines with age and because of the Trustees'
lack of a first perfected  security interest in the Financed Vehicles in certain
states,  the Servicer may not recover the entire  amount owing under a Defaulted
Contract (as hereinafter defined). See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts."
In such a case, the  Securityholders may suffer a corresponding loss. The market
value of the Financed  Vehicles  could be or become  lower than the  outstanding
principal  balances  of  the  Contracts  that  they  secure.  Sufficiently  high
liquidation losses on the Contracts will have the effect of reducing,  and could
eliminate (a) the  protection  against loss afforded to the  Noteholders  by the
subordination of the  Certificates and (b) the protection  against loss afforded
to  the   Certificateholders   by  the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount  (as
hereinafter defined). If the Certificate Balance is reduced to zero, the holders
of the Notes will bear the risk of loss  resulting  from default by Obligors and
will have to look  primarily to the value of the related  Financed  Vehicles for
recovery of the  outstanding  principal  and unpaid  interest  on the  Defaulted
Contracts.  If the Available Cash Collateral Amount is reduced to zero,  holders
of the  Certificates  will  bear  the risk of loss  resulting  from  default  by
Obligors (as  hereinafter  defined) and will have to look primarily to the value
of the related Financed  Vehicles for recovery of the outstanding  principal and
unpaid interest on the Defaulted Contracts.

      3. Security  Interests and Certain  Other Aspects of the  Contracts.  Each
Contract  will  be  secured  by  a  security  interest  in a  Financed  Vehicle.
Perfection of security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles and  enforcement  of
rights to realize upon the value of the Financed  Vehicles as collateral for the
Contracts  are  subject  to a  number  of  state  laws,  including  the  Uniform
Commercial  Code (the  "UCC") as  adopted in each  state  and,  in most  states,
certificate  of title  statutes.  The steps  necessary  to perfect the  security
interest in a Financed  Vehicle vary from state to state.  All  Contracts in the
Contract Pool were purchased by CITSF or The CIT  Group/Consumer  Finance,  Inc.
(NY)  ("CITCF-NY") from  recreational  vehicle dealers  ("Dealers") and name the
Dealer as obligee and as secured party.  All Contracts in the Contract Pool were
assigned  by the related  Dealer to CITSF or  CITCF-NY.  In each case,  CITSF or
CITCF-NY  is named as the  secured  party on the  certificate  of title  for the
related   Financed   Vehicle.   Because  of  the  expense   and   administrative
inconvenience  involved,  CITSF will not amend any  certificate of title to name
the Company or either Trustee as the lienholder and the Company will not deliver
any  certificate  of title to either  Trustee or note thereon  either  Trustee's
interest.  Consequently,  in some states, in the absence of such an amendment to
the  certificate of title to reflect the successive  assignments to the Company,
the Owner  Trustee  and the  Indenture  Trustee,  the  security  interest in the
Financed  Vehicle may not be  effective,  or such  security  interest may not be
perfected,  and the assignment of the security  interest in the Financed Vehicle
to the Owner  Trustee and the  Indenture  Trustee may not be  effective  against
other creditors of the related Obligor or a trustee in bankruptcy.

      In addition,  numerous  federal and state consumer  protection laws impose
requirements on lenders under installment sale contracts, such as the Contracts,
and the  failure by the seller of goods to comply with such  requirements  could
give rise to liabilities of assignees for amounts due under such  agreements and
the right to set-off against claims by such assignees. These laws would apply to
the  Trust as  assignee  of the  Contracts.  From  time to time,  CITSF has been

                                       16
<PAGE>

involved in litigation  under consumer or debtor  protection laws, some of which
have been class actions.  See "Risk  Factors--Litigation."  Pursuant to the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement,  CITSF will  represent  and warrant as of the Initial
Cut-off  Date with  respect  to each  Initial  Contract,  and as of the  related
Subsequent  Cut-off Date with  respect to each  Subsequent  Contract,  that each
Contract  complies  with  all  requirements  of law  and  will  provide  certain
warranties  relating to the  validity,  perfection  and priority of the security
interest in each Financed Vehicle securing a Contract.  A breach by CITSF of any
such warranty that materially and adversely  affects the Trust's interest in any
Contract would require CITSF to repurchase  such Contract  unless such breach is
cured within 90 days. If CITSF does not honor its purchase obligation in respect
of a Contract and such  Contract were to become  defaulted,  recovery of amounts
due on such  Contract  would be  dependent  on  repossession  and  resale of the
Financed  Vehicle  securing such  Contract.  Certain other factors may limit the
ability of the  Securityholders  to realize  upon the  Financed  Vehicles or may
limit the  amount  realized  to less than the amount  due.  See  "Certain  Legal
Aspects of the Contracts".

      Under California law and most state vehicle dealer licensing laws, sellers
of recreational  vehicles are required to be licensed to sell vehicles at retail
sale.   Numerous  other  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws  impose
requirements  applicable to the origination and assignment of retail installment
sale contracts, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Federal Trade Commission
Act,  the Fair Credit  Billing  Act,  the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act, the Equal
Credit  Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt Collection  Practices Act and the Uniform
Consumer  Credit Code. In the case of some of these laws,  the failure to comply
with their provisions may affect the enforceability of the related Contract. The
Trust and the Company may not have  obtained  all  licenses  required  under any
federal or state consumer laws or regulations,  and the absence of such licenses
may impede the enforcement of certain rights or give rise to certain defenses in
actions seeking  enforcement of such rights.  In addition,  with respect to used
vehicles,  the Federal Trade Commission's Rule on Sale of Used Vehicles requires
that all  sellers of used  vehicles  prepare,  complete,  and display a "Buyer's
Guide"  which  explains the warranty  coverage for such  vehicles.  Furthermore,
Federal Odometer Regulations promulgated under the Motor Vehicle Information and
Cost  Savings Act require  that all sellers of used  vehicles  furnish a written
statement signed by the seller  certifying the accuracy of the odometer reading.
If a seller is not  properly  licensed or if either a Buyer's  Guide or Odometer
Disclosure  Statement was not provided to the  purchaser of a Financed  Vehicle,
the obligor may be able to assert a defense  against the seller of the  Financed
Vehicle. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts".

      4. Certain  Matters  Relating to Insolvency.  CITSF and the Company intend
that each  transfer of  Contracts  from  CITCF-NY to CITSF and from CITSF to the
Company  and from the  Company to the Trust  constitutes  a sale,  rather than a
pledge of the Contracts to secure indebtedness.  However, if CITCF-NY,  CITSF or
the Company were to become a debtor under Title 11 of the United States Code, 11
U.S.C.  ss.101 et seq. (the "Bankruptcy  Code"), it is possible that a creditor,
receiver, other party in interest or trustee in bankruptcy of CITCF-NY, CITSF or
the Company,  or  CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the Company as  debtor-in-possession,  may
argue that the sale of the  Contracts  by  CITCF-NY  to CITSF or by CITSF to the
Company,  or by the  Company  to the  Trust,  respectively,  was a pledge of the
Contracts  rather than a sale and that,  accordingly,  such Contracts  should be
part of such  entity's  bankruptcy  estate.  Such a position,  if presented to a
court, even if ultimately unsuccessful,  could result in a delay in or reduction
of  distributions  to the  Securityholders.  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the
Contracts--Certain Matters Relating to Insolvency".

      The CIT GP  Corporation  II, a  Delaware  corporation  and a wholly  owned
subsidiary of CIT (the "Affiliated Purchaser"), will purchase at least 1% of the
principal  balance of the Certificates.  The Affiliated  Purchaser will have the
same rights with  regard to the Trust as all other  Certificateholders  based on
its percentage  ownership of the Certificate  Balance.  The Trust Agreement will
provide  that if an  Insolvency  Event (as defined  herein)  with respect to the
Affiliated  Purchaser  occurs,  subject  to certain  conditions,  the Trust will
dissolve.  Certain  steps  have  been  taken  in  structuring  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby that are intended to make it less likely that an Insolvency
Event with respect to the Affiliated  Purchaser will occur.  These steps include
the  formation  of  the  Affiliated  Purchaser  as a  separate,  limited-purpose
corporation pursuant to articles of incorporation containing certain limitations
(including restrictions on the nature of the Affiliated Purchaser's business and
a restriction on the Affiliated Purchaser's ability to commence a voluntary case
or  proceeding  under the  Bankruptcy  Code or  similar  applicable  state  laws
("Insolvency  Laws")  without  the  prior  affirmative  unanimous  vote  of  its
directors).   However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  activities  or
liabilities of the Affiliated Purchaser would not result in an Insolvency Event.

                                       17
<PAGE>

      If an Insolvency  Event with respect to the Affiliated  Purchaser  occurs,
the Indenture Trustee (or, if no Notes are outstanding,  the Owner Trustee) will
promptly sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Contracts in a commercially
reasonable manner on commercially reasonable terms, except under certain limited
circumstances.  The proceeds from any such sale,  disposition  or liquidation of
the Contracts  will be treated as  collections on the Contracts and deposited in
the Collection  Account.  If the proceeds from the  liquidation of the Contracts
and any amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution  Account and the Certificate
Distribution  Account are not  sufficient to pay the Notes and  Certificates  in
full, distributions will be made first, to the payment of interest and principal
on the Notes and  second,  to the  payment  of  interest  and  principal  on the
Certificates.   In  such  event,  the  amount  of  principal   returned  to  the
Certificateholders  will be  reduced  and such  Certificateholders  will incur a
loss, except to the extent of payments to the  Certificateholders  from the Cash
Collateral  Account,  subject to the Available Cash Collateral  Amount. See "The
Purchase Agreements and The Trust Documents--Insolvency Event".

     5. Limited  Liquidity.  Salomon  Brothers Inc and UBS Securities  Inc. (the
"Underwriters") intend to make a secondary market in the Securities, but have no
obligation  to do so.  There can be no  assurance  that a secondary  market will
develop for the  Securities  or, if it does  develop,  that it will  provide the
Holders of the  Securities  with  liquidity of investment or that it will remain
for the term of the Securities.

      6. The Subsequent Contracts and the Pre-Funding Account. The conveyance of
Subsequent  Contracts  by CITSF  during  the  Funding  Period is  subject to the
conditions  described  herein  under  "The  Contract  Pool".  If CITSF  does not
originate  Contracts  satisfying such criteria during the Funding Period,  CITSF
will have  insufficient  contracts to sell to the Trust on  Subsequent  Transfer
Dates,  thereby  resulting  in  prepayments  of  principal  to  Noteholders  and
Certificateholders as described below.

      To the extent that amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account have not
been fully applied to the purchase of  Subsequent  Contracts by the Trust by the
end of the Funding  Period,  Noteholders and  Certificateholders  will receive a
prepayment  of  principal  in an  amount  equal  to  the  Pre-Funded  Percentage
allocable to the Noteholders and the  Certificateholders,  respectively,  of the
Pre-Funded  Amount  remaining  in the  Pre-Funding  Account at such time,  which
prepayment will be made on the first  Distribution Date following the end of the
Funding Period or, if the Funding  Period ends on a  Distribution  Date, on such
date. The "Pre-Funded  Percentage" with respect to the Notes or the Certificates
is the  percentage  derived  from the  fraction,  the  numerator of which is the
initial principal balance of the Notes or the initial  Certificate  Balance,  as
the  case  may be,  and  the  denominator  of  which  is the sum of the  initial
principal  balance  of the  Notes and the  initial  Certificate  Balance.  It is
anticipated that the principal amount of Subsequent  Contracts  purchased by the
Trust  will not be exactly  equal to the  amount on  deposit in the  Pre-Funding
Account and that therefore  there will be at least a nominal amount of principal
prepaid to the Noteholders and the  Certificateholders at the end of the Funding
Period.

      Each Subsequent  Contract must satisfy the eligibility  criteria specified
herein and in the Sale and Servicing Agreement at the time of its addition.  The
Company (the seller of any Subsequent  Contracts to the Trust) will certify that
all such  eligibility  criteria have been satisfied and CITSF (the seller of any
Subsequent  Contracts to the Company) will certify that all conditions precedent
to the sale of the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust have been satisfied.  It is
a condition  to the sale of any  Subsequent  Contracts to the Trust that neither
Rating  Agency,  after  receiving  prior  notice  of the  proposed  transfer  of
Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, shall have advised the Seller or the Trustees
that the conveyance of such Subsequent Contracts will result in a qualification,
modification or withdrawal of its then current rating of either the Notes or the
Certificates.  Following  the transfer of  Subsequent  Contracts to the Contract
Pool the aggregate  characteristics  of the Contracts  then held in the Contract
Pool may vary from those of the Initial Contracts included therein.

      The  ability  of the Trust to invest in  Subsequent  Contracts  is largely
dependent upon whether CITSF is able to originate recreational vehicle contracts
that meet the  requirements  for transfer on a Subsequent  Transfer Date under a
Subsequent Purchase Agreement  transferring  Subsequent  Contracts from CITSF to
the Company and under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The ability of CITSF to
originate  such  contracts  may be affected by a variety of economic  and social
factors.  Moreover,  such  factors  may  affect  the  ability  of  the  Obligors
thereunder to perform their  obligations  thereunder  which may cause  contracts
originated  by CITSF or its  affiliates  to fail to meet  the  requirements  for
transfer  under the  Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement  or the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement.  Economic factors include interest rates,  unemployment  levels,  the
rate of inflation  and consumer  perception  of economic  conditions  generally.

                                       18
<PAGE>

However,  CITSF is unable to determine and has no basis to predict whether or to
what extent  economic or social factors will affect CITSF's ability to originate
Subsequent Contracts.

      7.  Prepayment  from  the  Pre-Funding  Account.  To the  extent  that the
Pre-Funded Amount has not been fully applied by the Trust to purchase Subsequent
Contracts by the end of the Funding Period,  the amount  remaining on deposit in
the  Pre-Funding  Account  will be  payable  as  principal  to  Noteholders  and
Certificateholders  in accordance  with the  Pre-Funded  Percentage  (as defined
herein) on the first  Distribution Date following the end of the Funding Period,
or, if the end of the Funding  Period is on a  Distribution  Date,  then on such
date.

      In the event that amounts remain on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account at
the end of the Funding Period and are applied to the payment of principal to the
Noteholders  and  Certificateholders,  such partial  retirement of the Notes and
Certificates  will shorten the average life of the  Securities and may cause the
Noteholders  and   Certificateholders   to  experience  a  lower  yield  on  the
Securities.  In addition,  any  reinvestment  risk  resulting  from such partial
retirement will be borne by the holders of such Securities.

      8. Limited Assets.  Although the Trust will covenant to sell the Contracts
if directed to do so by the Indenture  Trustee in accordance  with the Indenture
following  an  acceleration  of the Notes upon an Event of Default,  there is no
assurance that the market value of the Contracts will at any time be equal to or
greater  than  the  aggregate   outstanding  principal  balance  of  the  Notes.
Therefore,  upon an Event of Default  with  respect to the Notes there can be no
assurance that sufficient funds will be available to repay  Noteholders in full.
In addition,  the amount of principal  required to be distributed to Noteholders
under the Indenture is generally limited to amounts available to be deposited in
the Note Distribution  Account.  Therefore,  the failure to pay principal on the
Notes may not result in the  occurrence of an Event of Default until the Class A
Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

      Funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account which are available to pay
principal and interest on the  Certificates  on any  Distribution  Date will not
exceed the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount for such  Distribution  Date. In
addition, amounts to be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account are limited and
will be reduced as the Pool Balance is reduced.  If funds in the Cash Collateral
Account  are  exhausted,  the Trust will  depend  solely on  payments on or with
respect to the Contracts,  Monthly  Advances and  Non-Reimbursable  Payments (as
hereinafter defined) to make distributions to the Certificateholders.

      9.  Geographic  Concentration  of  Recreational  Vehicles.  A  significant
concentration of the Initial  Contracts have Obligors with mailing  addresses in
the states of California,  Texas,  Arizona,  Florida and Missouri.  Based on the
Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance,  18.1%,  11.7%, 7.4%, 6.7% and 5.5%
of the Initial  Contracts  have Obligors with mailing  addresses in  California,
Texas, Arizona, Florida and Missouri, respectively. Because of the relative lack
of  geographic  diversity,  losses on the related  Contracts  may be higher than
would be the case if there  were more  diversification.  The  economies  of such
states may be adversely affected to a greater degree than that of other areas of
the country by certain regional  economic  conditions.  An economic  downturn in
California,  Texas,  Arizona,  Florida or Missouri may have an adverse effect on
the ability of Obligors in such states to meet their payment  obligations  under
the Contracts.

      10.  Litigation.  In June,  1995, a suit,  Harvey Travis et al. v. The CIT
Group Sales Financing, Inc., et al., Civil Action No. CV-95-P-1544-S,  was filed
in the United  States  District  Court for the  Northern  District  of  Alabama,
against CITSF, its force-placed insurance carrier and another lender. Plaintiffs
in  this  action  allege  primarily  that  force-placed  insurance  coverage  on
manufactured  homes was placed by defendants in a manner which caused plaintiffs
and other  borrowers to be charged or assessed for  excessive  premiums and that
there was inadequate  disclosure  regarding certain fees charged and commissions
earned in connection therewith. In their complaint,  plaintiffs ask that a class
action be certified,  with the class to be comprised of individuals against whom
monetary  charges alleged to be excessive have been assessed and/or collected by
CITSF and/or the other defendants for the purchase of force-placed  insurance in
connection with consumer  installment  transactions  with CITSF and/or the other
defendants.  It cannot at this time be determined whether there is any basis for
a class action.  The allegations of the complaint are very general and discovery
has only recently commenced.  However,  based on what it knows at this time, the
management of CITSF has no reason to believe that this case will have a material
effect upon CITSF's financial condition or results of operations.

                                       19
<PAGE>

      As of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date,  force-placed  insurance  has not  been
obtained on any of the Initial Contracts and as of the Subsequent  Cut-off Date,
force-placed  insurance  will not have been  obtained  on any of the  Subsequent
Contracts.  Historically, CITSF has force-placed insurance on a relatively small
percentage of its retail  installment  sales contracts  relating to recreational
vehicles. The Servicer, however, may force-place insurance on the Contracts once
they are owned by the Trust as described under "The Purchase  Agreements and the
Trust Documents--Physical  Damage Insurance" and there can be no assurance as to
the number or  principal  balance of the  Contracts  that may become  subject to
force-placed  insurance. In the event that the Servicer fails to comply with the
provisions  of  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  relating  to  force-placed
insurance with respect to any Contract and such failure materially and adversely
affects the Trust's interest in such Contract,  the Servicer will be required to
purchase such  Contract in  accordance  with the terms of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

                          STRUCTURE OF THE TRANSACTION

      The Issuer, CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A (the "Issuer" or the "Trust"),  is a
business  trust  formed  under the laws of the State of  Delaware  pursuant to a
Trust  Agreement  (as amended  and  supplemented  from time to time,  the "Trust
Agreement"),  to be dated as of February 1, 1996 between the Seller and The Bank
of New York  (Delaware),  acting  thereunder not in its individual  capacity but
solely as trustee of the Trust (the "Owner Trustee").  After its formation,  the
Trust will not engage in any  activity  other than (i)  acquiring,  holding  and
managing the Contracts and the other assets of the Trust and proceeds therefrom,
(ii) issuing the Notes and the Certificates,  (iii) making payments on the Notes
and the  Certificates  and (iv) engaging in other activities that are necessary,
suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental  thereto or
connected therewith.

   
      The Trust will initially be  capitalized  with equity equal to $13,750,000
(the "Original  Certificate  Balance").  Certificates with an aggregate original
principal balance of at least $150,000 will be sold to the Affiliated  Purchaser
and Certificates  representing the remainder of the Original Certificate Balance
will be sold to third party investors that are expected to be unaffiliated  with
the Affiliated  Purchaser,  the Seller,  the Servicer or their  affiliates.  The
equity in the Trust,  together  with the  proceeds  of the  initial  sale of the
Notes,  will be used by the Trust to  purchase  the Initial  Contracts  from the
Seller  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and to fund the deposit of
the Pre-Funded Amount.
    

      The Trust's principal offices are in Newark,  Delaware in care of The Bank
of New York  (Delaware) as Owner Trustee,  at the address listed in "--The Owner
Trustee" below.

Capitalization of the Trust

      The following table illustrates the  capitalization of the Trust as of the
Initial  Cut-off  Date,  as if the  issuance  and  sale  of the  Notes  and  the
Certificates offered hereby had taken place on such date:

   
           Class A 5.40% Asset Backed Notes ................  $236,250,000
            5.85% Asset Backed Certificates ................  $ 13,750,000
                                                              ------------
            Total ..........................................  $250,000,000
                                                              ============
    

The Owner Trustee

   
     The Bank of New York  (Delaware)  is the  Owner  Trustee  under  the  Trust
Agreement. The Bank of New York (Delaware) is a Delaware banking corporation and
a wholly-owned  subsidiary of The Bank of New York. The principal offices of The
Bank of New York (Delaware) are located at White Clay Center, Route 273, Newark,
Delaware 19711. The Owner Trustee will perform limited administrative  functions
under the Trust Agreement,  including making  distributions from the Certificate
Distribution  Account.  The Owner  Trustee's  liability in  connection  with the
issuance  and sale of the  Certificates  and the Notes is limited  solely to the
express obligations of the Owner Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement and
the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  The Bank of New York is expected to act as a
co-trustee pursuant to a co-trustee agreement with the Owner Trustee.
    

                                       20
<PAGE>

                               THE TRUST PROPERTY

      The Notes are an obligation of the Trust and will be secured by the assets
of the Trust  (other  than the  Certificate  Distribution  Account  and the Cash
Collateral Account). Each Certificate represents a fractional undivided interest
in the Trust.  The Trust property will include,  among other things,  (i) a pool
(the  "Contract  Pool") of simple  interest  retail  installment  sale contracts
secured by new and used  recreational  vehicles  between  Dealers and  Obligors,
consisting  of the Initial  Contracts  and the  Subsequent  Contracts;  (ii) all
monies received under the Initial Contracts on or after the Initial Cut-off Date
and the Subsequent  Contracts on or after the related  Subsequent  Cut-off Date;
(iii)  such  amounts  as from  time to time may be held in one or more  accounts
established  and  maintained by the Servicer  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement  (including  all  investments in such accounts and all income from the
funds therein and all proceeds  thereof,  other than investment  earnings on the
Cash Collateral  Account) as described herein; (iv) all monies on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account,  the Cash Collateral Account and the Capitalized  Interest
Account (as defined herein)  (including all investments in such accounts and all
income from the funds therein and all proceeds  thereof,  other than  investment
earnings on the Cash Collateral Account); (v) security interests in the Financed
Vehicles and any  accessions  thereto;  (vi) the right to proceeds from physical
damage,  credit  life  and  disability  insurance  policies,  if  any,  covering
individual  Financed Vehicles or Obligors,  as the case may be; (vii) the rights
of the Trust  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement;  and  (viii) any and all
proceeds of the foregoing.

                                THE CONTRACT POOL
General

      The Contract Pool will initially consist of 7,064 conventional  fixed-rate
simple interest  installment  sale contracts  secured by  recreational  vehicles
(collectively,  the "Initial  Contracts")  having an aggregate  unpaid principal
balance as of the Initial  Cut-off Date of  $181,744,965  (the "Initial  Cut-off
Date  Pool  Principal  Balance").  For the  purposes  of the  discussion  of the
characteristics  of the Initial  Contracts on the Initial Cut-off Date contained
herein,  the principal  balance of each Initial Contract is the unpaid principal
balance as of the Initial Cut-off Date.

      In addition to the Initial  Contracts  sold by the Company to the Trust on
the Closing Date, the Trust is expected to purchase from the Company  additional
conventional  fixed-rate  simple interest  installment sale contracts secured by
recreational  vehicles  from  time  to  time  on or  before  the  May  15,  1996
Distribution Date (collectively,  the "Subsequent  Contracts" and, together with
the  Initial  Contracts,  the  "Contracts").  The  Subsequent  Contracts  to  be
purchased by the Trust,  if available,  will be purchased by CITSF from CITCF-NY
or Dealers  and sold by CITSF to the  Company  and by the  Company to the Trust.
Accordingly,  the statistical  characteristics of the Contract Pool will vary as
of  any  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date  upon  the  acquisition  of  such  Subsequent
Contracts.

      CITSF  will  sell the  Initial  Contracts  to the  Company  pursuant  to a
Purchase Agreement to be dated as of February 1, 1996 (the "Purchase Agreement")
and the Company  will sell the Initial  Contracts  to the Trust  pursuant to the
Sale and  Servicing  Agreement to be dated as of February 1, 1996 (the "Sale and
Servicing Agreement"), among the Seller, the Servicer, and the Trust. CITSF will
sell any Subsequent  Contracts to the Company pursuant to a Subsequent  Purchase
Agreement  and the  Company  will  sell any  Subsequent  Contracts  to the Trust
pursuant to a Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

      The  obligation  of the Trust to  purchase  the  Subsequent  Contracts  is
subject  to the  following  requirements:  (i) such  Subsequent  Contracts  must
satisfy the representations  and warranties  specified in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement;  (ii) such Subsequent  Contracts will not be selected by either CITSF
or the Seller in a manner that it believes  is adverse to the  interests  of the
Securityholders;  (iii) the  weighted  average  Contract  Rate of the  Contracts
(including the related  Subsequent  Contracts) is not less than 9.85%;  (iv) the
weighted  average  remaining  term of the Contracts  (including  the  Subsequent
Contracts)  as of the related  Subsequent  Transfer Date is not greater than 157
months;  (v) the  Seller  and the  Trustees  shall not have been  advised by any
Rating Agency that the conveyance of such Subsequent  Contracts will result in a
qualification,  modification  or withdrawal of its then current rating of either
the  Notes or the  Certificates;  (vi) the Owner  Trustee  shall  have  received
certain opinions of counsel as to, among other things,  the  enforceability  and
validity of the Subsequent  Transfer  Agreement  relating to such  conveyance of
Subsequent  Contracts;  (vii) each Subsequent Contract will be originated in the

                                       21
<PAGE>

United States of America;  (viii) each Subsequent  Contract will have a Contract
Rate of at least 8.25%;  (ix) each  Subsequent  Contract  will provide for level
monthly  payments  which provide  interest at the related  Contract Rate and, if
paid in accordance  with its schedule,  fully amortizes the amount financed over
an original term of no greater than 180 months; (x) as of the related Subsequent
Cut-off  Date,  the most recent  scheduled  payment of principal and interest on
each  Subsequent  Contract  will have  been made by or on behalf of the  related
Obligor or will not have been  delinquent  more than 30 days; (xi) no Subsequent
Financed  Vehicle will have been  repossessed  without  reinstatement  as of the
related  Subsequent  Cut-off Date;  (xii) as of the related  Subsequent  Cut-off
Date, no Obligor on any Subsequent  Contract will be the subject of a bankruptcy
proceeding;  (xiii) as of the related  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, each Subsequent
Contract will have a remaining principal balance of not less than $1,000 and not
more than $300,000;  (xiv) the payment date on the Subsequent  Contract with the
latest scheduled payment date will not be later than May 2011; (xv) no more than
37% of the  Contracts,  based on the  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date  Pool  Principal
Balance  (including the related  Subsequent  Contracts) are Contracts secured by
used Financed Vehicles; and (xvi) such other requirements as the Rating Agencies
shall  request.  The Subsequent  Financed  Vehicles will consist of motor homes,
travel trailers and other types of recreational vehicles. Each of the Subsequent
Contracts will have been  originated by CITSF using the  underwriting  standards
described  under  "The  CIT  Group/Sales  Financing,   Inc.,   Servicer--CITSF's
Underwriting Guidelines."

      Because  the  Subsequent  Contracts  may be  originated  after the Initial
Contracts,  following their conveyance to the Trust, the  characteristics of the
Contracts,  including  the  Subsequent  Contracts,  may vary  from  those of the
Initial Contracts.

      The Initial  Contracts were purchased by CITSF or CITCF-NY from Dealers in
the ordinary  course of  business.  The Initial  Contracts  were  selected  from
CITSF's  portfolio of recreational  vehicle  installment sale contracts based on
several  criteria,  including  the  following:  (i) each  Initial  Contract  was
originated  in the United  States of America;  (ii) each Initial  Contract has a
Contract  Rate equal to or greater  than  8.25%;  (iii)  each  Initial  Contract
provides  for level  monthly  payments  which  include  interest  at the related
Contract Rate and, if paid in accordance with its schedule,  fully amortizes the
amount financed over an original term of no greater than 180 months;  (iv) as of
the Initial  Cut-off Date the most recent  scheduled  payment of  principal  and
interest  on each  Initial  Contract  was made by or on  behalf  of the  related
Obligor or was not delinquent more than 30 days; (v) no Initial Financed Vehicle
has been  repossessed  without  reinstatement  as of the related Initial Cut-off
Date; (vi) as of the Initial Cut-off Date no Obligor on any Initial Contract was
the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding; and (vii) as of the Initial Cut-off Date
each Initial Contract has a remaining  principal balance of not less than $1,000
and not more than  $300,000.  The  Initial  Financed  Vehicles  consist of motor
homes, travel trailers and other types of recreational vehicles.

      All of the Initial Contracts are, and all of the Subsequent Contracts will
be, Simple Interest Contracts.  A "Simple Interest Contract" is a Contract as to
which interest  accrues on a simple interest method (i.e.,  the interest portion
of each monthly payment equals the interest on the outstanding principal balance
of the related  Contract  for the number of days since the most  recent  payment
made on such  Contract  and the  balance,  if any,  of such  monthly  payment is
applied to principal).

      The  Initial  Contracts  were first  entered  onto  CITSF'S or  CITCF-NY's
servicing  system  (which,  typically,  represents  the date on  which  CITSF or
CITCF-NY funds the purchase of such Contracts from Dealers) between January 1994
and January 1996. All Initial  Contracts are installment sale contracts  secured
by  recreational  vehicles  originated by a Dealer in the ordinary course of its
business  and  purchased  by  CITCF-NY  or CITSF in the  ordinary  course of its
business.

      Approximately  71.11%,  26.74% and 2.15% of the Initial  Cut-off Date Pool
Principal Balance represented  Contracts secured by motor homes, travel trailers
and other types of recreational vehicles, respectively.  Approximately 67.77% of
the  Initial  Contracts,   by  Initial  Cut-off  Date  Pool  Principal  Balance,
represented  financing of recreational vehicles which were new and approximately
32.23%  represented  financing of  recreational  vehicles which were used at the
time the related  Initial  Contract was  originated.  As of the Initial  Cut-off
Date, the average outstanding principal balance of the Initial Contracts secured
by motor homes,  travel  trailers and other types of  recreational  vehicles was
$39,221, $14,800 and $8,059, respectively.

                                       22
<PAGE>


      The  Obligors  under the Initial  Contracts  have  mailing  adresses in 50
states.  As of the Initial  Cut-off  Date,  approximately  18.13% of the Initial
Contracts,  based upon Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance, had Obligors
with mailing  addresses  in the State of  California,  approximately  11.70% had
Obligors with mailing addresses in the State of Texas,  approximately  7.39% had
Obligors with mailing addresses in the State of Arizona, approximately 6.73% had
Obligors with mailing addresses in the State of Florida and approximately  5.49%
had Obligors with mailing  addresses in the State of Missouri.  Each other state
accounts  for less than  5.00% of the  Initial  Contracts,  based  upon  Initial
Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance.

      All Initial  Contracts  have a Contract Rate of at least 8.25%.  As of the
Initial  Cut-off Date, the Initial  Contracts  have  remaining  maturities of at
least 8 months but not more than 180 months,  original maturities of at least 12
months but not more than 180 months,  and a weighted  average  remaining term to
stated  maturity of 148 months.  As of the Initial  Cut-off  Date,  the weighted
average contract rate of the Initial  Contracts was 10.00%.  The final scheduled
payment dates on the Initial  Contracts  range from  September  1996 to February
2011. The average remaining  principal  balance per contract,  as of the Initial
Cut-off Date, was $25,728 and the outstanding  principal balances of the Initial
Contracts,  as of the Initial Cut-off Date, ranged from $1,021 to $249,295.  The
weighted  average  original  term to maturity of the Initial  Contracts  was 156
months.

      Set forth below is a description of certain characteristics of the Initial
Contracts.

                                       23
<PAGE>



                Geographical Distribution of Initial Contracts(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                                % of Contract    
                                                          % of Contract                                            Pool by
                                 Number of               Pool by Number            Aggregate Principal         Principal Balance
                                  Initial                  of Initial              Balance Outstanding            Outstanding
                              Contracts As of            Contracts As of                  As of                      As of
State                      Initial Cut-off Date       Initial Cut-off Date        Initial Cut-off Date       Initial Cut-off Date
- -----                      --------------------       --------------------        --------------------       --------------------
<S>                                 <C>                        <C>                       <C>                           <C>  
                                                                                                       
Alabama ................            101                        1.43%                     $ 2,131,505                   1.17%
Alaska .................              6                        0.09                          147,185                   0.08
Arizona ................            483                        6.84                       13,437,756                   7.39
Arkansas ...............             55                        0.78                        1,628,426                   0.90
California .............          1,410                       19.96                       32,942,802                  18.13
Colorado ...............            290                        4.11                        6,743,857                   3.71
Connecticut ............            133                        1.88                        2,879,030                   1.58
Delaware ...............             10                        0.14                          366,885                   0.20
Florida ................            425                        6.02                       12,231,985                   6.73
Georgia ................            102                        1.44                        2,497,871                   1.37
Hawaii .................              1                        0.01                            8,185                   0.01
Idaho ..................             31                        0.44                          779,395                   0.43
Illinois ...............            100                        1.42                        3,296,939                   1.81
Indiana ................             26                        0.37                          716,703                   0.39
Iowa ...................             29                        0.41                        1,173,628                   0.65
Kansas .................            193                        2.73                        4,422,028                   2.43
Kentucky ...............             13                        0.19                          444,424                   0.24
Louisiana ..............             99                        1.40                        2,794,248                   1.54
Maine ..................             20                        0.28                          544,415                   0.30
Maryland ...............            152                        2.15                        3,303,370                   1.82
Massachusetts ..........            102                        1.44                        2,636,695                   1.45
Michigan ...............             39                        0.55                        1,453,391                   0.80
Minnesota ..............             23                        0.33                          652,576                   0.36
Mississippi ............             50                        0.71                        1,158,130                   0.64
Missouri ...............            468                        6.63                        9,986,220                   5.49
Montana ................             26                        0.37                        1,186,418                   0.65
Nebraska ...............             34                        0.48                          959,164                   0.53
Nevada .................            168                        2.38                        4,204,327                   2.31
New Hampshire ..........             42                        0.59                        1,153,968                   0.64
New Jersey .............             56                        0.79                        1,536,582                   0.85
New Mexico .............            162                        2.29                        3,894,934                   2.14
New York ...............            106                        1.50                        2,730,695                   1.50
North Carolina .........            121                        1.71                        2,605,451                   1.43
North Dakota ...........              3                        0.04                           41,667                   0.02
Ohio ...................             28                        0.40                        1,558,582                   0.86
Oklahoma ...............            405                        5.73                        8,930,385                   4.92
Oregon .................            188                        2.66                        6,636,983                   3.65
Pennsylvania ...........             81                        1.15                        2,615,398                   1.44
Rhode Island ...........             13                        0.19                          365,134                   0.20
South Carolina .........             51                        0.72                          997,409                   0.55
South Dakota ...........              8                        0.11                          196,446                   0.11
Tennessee ..............             79                        1.12                        2,295,722                   1.26
Texas ..................            829                       11.74                       21,263,186                  11.70
Utah ...................             42                        0.59                        1,597,090                   0.88
Vermont ................              8                        0.11                          215,192                   0.12
Virginia ...............             42                        0.59                        1,138,412                   0.63
Washington .............            162                        2.29                        5,379,282                   2.96
West Virginia ..........              6                        0.09                          151,761                   0.08
Wisconsin ..............             28                        0.40                          973,586                   0.54
Wyoming ................             15                        0.21                          739,542                   0.41
                                  -----                     -------                     ------------                -------
Total                             7,064                      100.00%                    $181,744,965                 100.00%
                                  =====                     =======                     ============                =======
                                                                                              

- ------------------
(1)  In most  cases,  based on the  mailing  address of the  obligors  as of the
     Initial Cut-off Date.

</TABLE>

                                       24
<PAGE>

                             Range of Contract Rates
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                               % of Contract Pool  
                                                          % of Contract Pool        Aggregate Principal            By Principal
                                   Number of                 by Number of           Balance Outstanding        Balance Outstanding 
Range of Initial            Initial Contracts As of     Initial Contracts As of             As of                     As of
 Contract Rates              Initial Cut-off Date        Initial Cut-off Date       Initial Cut-off Date       Initial Cut-off Date
- ----------------             --------------------      -----------------------      --------------------       --------------------
<S>                                   <C>                       <C>                   <C>                            <C>   
                                                                                                         
       8.25- 8.99 ...........          914                      12.94%                $   40,843,998                 22.47%
       9.00- 9.99 ...........        2,133                      30.20                     66,843,495                 36.78
      10.00-10.99 ...........        2,128                      30.12                     45,095,041                 24.81
      11.00-11.99 ...........        1,091                      15.44                     18,446,748                 10.15
      12.00-12.99 ...........          474                       6.71                      6,763,008                  3.72
      13.00-13.99 ...........          278                       3.94                      3,289,930                  1.81
      14.00-14.99 ...........           30                       0.42                        306,890                  0.17
      15.00-18.00 ...........           16                       0.23                        155,855                  0.09
                                      ----                     ------                   ------------                 -----
            Total ...........        7,064                     100.00%                  $181,744,965                100.00%
                                      ====                     ======                   ============                ======
</TABLE>

                          Range of Remaining Maturities

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               % of Contract Pool  
                                                          % of Contract Pool        Aggregate Principal           By Principal
                                   Number of                 by Number of           Balance Outstanding        Balance Outstanding 
Range of Initial           Initial Contracts As of      Initial Contracts As of            As of                      As of
 Contract Rates              Initial Cut-off Date        Initial Cut-off Date       Initial Cut-off Date       Initial Cut-off Date
- ----------------             --------------------      -----------------------      --------------------       --------------------
        <S>                            <C>                       <C>                   <C>                            <C>  
                                                                                                         
            8- 49 ..........           641                       9.07%                 $   3,708,972                  2.04%
           50- 59 ..........           360                       5.10                      2,966,291                  1.63
           60- 69 ..........           268                       3.79                      2,543,173                  1.40
           70- 79 ..........           227                       3.21                      2,364,235                  1.30
           80- 89 ..........           303                       4.29                      3,493,416                  1.92
           90- 99 ..........           722                      10.22                     10,282,875                  5.66
          100-109 ..........           120                       1.70                      1,822,761                  1.00
          110-119 ..........           784                      11.10                     13,580,372                  7.47
          120-129 ..........           574                       8.12                     11,070,190                  6.09
          130-139 ..........            66                       0.93                      1,205,953                  0.67
          140-149 ..........           793                      11.23                     16,316,072                  8.98
          150-159 ..........           533                       7.55                     24,476,413                 13.47
          160-169 ..........           156                       2.21                      8,541,416                  4.70
          170-180 ..........         1,517                      21.48                     79,372,826                 43.67
                                      ----                     ------                   ------------                 -----
            Total ..........         7,064                     100.00%                  $181,744,965                100.00%
                                      ====                     ======                   ============                ======
</TABLE>

Pre-Funding Account; Capitalized Interest Account

     The Pre-Funding Account will be maintained with an Eligible Institution (as
defined  herein),  initially  the  Indenture  Trustee,  and the funds on deposit
therein will be invested solely in Permitted  Investments  (as defined  herein),
that  mature  not  later  than one  Business  Day  prior to the next  succeeding
Distribution  Date,  until  they are  applied  by the Owner  Trustee  during the
Funding  Period,  to  pay to the  Company  the  purchase  price  for  Subsequent
Contracts.  See "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the Trust  Documents--Accounts."
Monies on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account  will not be  available  to cover
losses on or in respect of the Contracts.

     On the  Closing  Date,  the  Pre-Funding  Account  will be created  with an
initial  deposit,  from the  proceeds of the  Securities,  of  $68,255,035  (the
"Pre-Funded  Amount").  The "Funding Period" will be the period from the Closing
Date until the  earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the amount on deposit
in the  Pre-Funding  Account  is less than  $100,000,  (ii) the date on which an
Event of Default occurs under the Indenture, (iii) the date on which an Event of
Termination occurs under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  (iv) the insolvency
of the Company,  CITSF,  CITCF-NY or CIT or (v) the close of business on May 15,
1996. During the Funding Period,  on one or more Subsequent  Transfer Dates, the
Pre-Funded  Amount will be applied to  purchase  Subsequent  Contracts  from the
Company.  The Company expects that the Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced to less
than $100,000 by May 15, 1996, although no assurance can be given that this will

                                       25
<PAGE>

in fact occur. Any portion of the Pre-Funded  Amount remaining on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account  at the  end of the  Funding  Period  will  be  payable  as
principal  to  Noteholders  and   Certificateholders   in  accordance  with  the
Pre-Funded  Percentage (as hereinafter  defined) on the first  Distribution Date
thereafter or, if the end of the Funding Period is on a Distribution  Date, then
on such date.

     "Permitted   Investments"  will  include  the  following   obligations  and
securities:  (i) obligations of the United States or any agency thereof,  backed
by the full faith and credit of the United States;  (ii) general  obligations of
or obligations  guaranteed by any State, and certificates of deposit,  demand or
time deposits,  federal funds or banker's  acceptances  issued by any depository
institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States or
of any state and  subject to  supervision  and  examination  by federal or state
banking  authorities;  in each case rated in the  highest  rating of each Rating
Agency  for such  obligations,  or such  lower  rating as will not result in the
qualification,  downgrading  or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to either
the Notes or the  Certificates  by such Rating Agency;  and (iii) demand or time
deposits or certificates of deposit issued by any bank,  trust company,  savings
bank or other savings institution, which deposits are fully insured by the FDIC.

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Owner Trustee cannot
release any funds from the Pre-Funding  Account to purchase  Subsequent Contract
unless  the  following  conditions,  among  others  specified  in the  Sale  and
Servicing  Agreement,  have been  satisfied:  (i) the Company has certified that
each such Subsequent Contract satisfies the eligibility criteria described under
"--General";  (ii) the  Servicer  has  delivered  to the  Trustees  executed UCC
financing statements evidencing the sale of the Subsequent Contracts;  (iii) the
Servicer certifies to the Trustees that it has reviewed each Subsequent Contract
and Contract File relating thereto,  and confirmed that they each conform to the
related List of Subsequent  Contracts;  (iv) the Servicer has delivered Opinions
of  Counsel  regarding  the  Trustees'   security  interest  in  the  Subsequent
Contracts;  (v) the Servicer has certified that all of the conditions  precedent
to the transfer of the Subsequent Contracts have been satisfied;  (vi) the Owner
Trustee (and/or the Indenture  Trustee) has inspected each of the  certificates,
schedules, UCC financing statements,  Officers' Certificates and legal opinions,
as  described  above,  and  determined  that each item  required to be delivered
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  has been so delivered;  and (vii)
the  Rating  Agencies,  after  receiving  prior  notice of the  transfer  of any
Subsequent  Contracts  to the Trust,  have not advised  either the Seller or the
Trustees  that the  conveyance  of the  Subsequent  Contracts  would result in a
qualification,  modification  or withdrawal of its then current rating of either
the Notes or the Certificates.

   
     On the Closing Date,  approximately  $499,116 of the proceeds from the sale
of the Securities will be deposited into an account (the  "Capitalized  Interest
Account")  maintained  with an Eligible  Institution,  initially  the  Indenture
Trustee,  in the name of the Owner  Trustee  on  behalf of the  Securityholders.
Amounts deposited in the Capitalized  Interest Account will be used on the March
15, 1996, April 15, 1996 and May 15, 1996 Distribution Dates, if applicable,  to
fund the excess,  if any, of (i) the product of (x)  one-twelfth of the weighted
average of the Class A Rate and the Pass-Through Rate as of the first day of the
related  Interest  Accrual  Period  and (y)  the  undisbursed  funds  (excluding
investment  earnings)  in the  Pre-Funding  Account  (as of the  last day of the
related Due Period) over (ii) the amount of any investment  earnings on funds in
the Pre-Funding  Account that are available to pay interest on the Securities on
each such Distribution  Date. Any amounts remaining in the Capitalized  Interest
Account on any Distribution  Date during the Funding Period (after giving effect
to any  withdrawals  therefrom  on such  Distribution  Date)  in  excess  of the
Required Capitalized Interest Amount on such Distribution Date shall be released
to the Affiliated Purchaser on such Distribution Date. The "Required Capitalized
Interest  Amount" for any  Distribution  Date  during the  Funding  Period is an
amount equal to the product of (x) the weighted  average of the Class A Rate and
the Pass-Through Rate as of the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period
minus 2.5%, (y) the undisbursed  funds  (excluding  investment  earnings) in the
Pre-Funding  Account (as of such  Distribution  Date, after giving effect to any
purchases of Subsequent Contracts on such Distribution Date) and (z) a fraction,
the  numerator  of which is equal to the maximum  number of  Distribution  Dates
remaining in the Funding Period and the  denominator of which is 12. Any amounts
remaining  in the  Capitalized  Interest  Account on the last day of the Funding
Period  and not used for  such  purposes  will be  deposited  in the  Collection
Account and will be available for  distributions,  as described  herein,  on the
first  Distribution Date thereafter or, if the end of the Funding Period is on a
Distribution Date, then on such date.
    

                                       26
<PAGE>

                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     All of the  Contracts are  prepayable  at any time without any penalty.  If
prepayments are received on the Contracts,  the actual weighted  average life of
the Contracts will be shorter than the scheduled weighted average life, which is
based on the  assumption  that  payments  will be made as scheduled  and that no
prepayments  will be made.  For this  purpose the term  "prepayments"  includes,
among other  items,  voluntary  prepayments  by  Obligors,  regular  installment
payments  made in advance of their  scheduled  due  dates,  liquidations  due to
default,  proceeds  from  physical  damage,  credit  life and credit  disability
insurance  policies,  if any, and  purchases by CITSF or the Servicer of certain
Contracts as described herein. Weighted average life means the average amount of
time during  which each dollar of principal  on a Contract is  outstanding.  The
rate of prepayments on the Contracts may be influenced by a variety of economic,
social and other  factors,  including  the fact that an Obligor  may not sell or
transfer a Financed Vehicle without the consent of CITSF. Any reinvestment  risk
resulting from the rate of prepayment of the Contracts and the  distribution  of
such   prepayments   to   Securityholders   will  be  borne   entirely   by  the
Securityholders. In addition, early retirement of the Securities may be effected
by (i) the  exercise  of the option of CITSF to  purchase  all of the  Contracts
remaining in the Trust when the  aggregate  principal  balance of the  Contracts
(the "Pool  Balance") is 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance (as hereinafter
defined),  (ii)  the  sale by the  applicable  Trustee  of all of the  Contracts
remaining  in the Trust when the Pool  Balance is 5% or less of the Initial Pool
Balance or (iii) the  occurrence  of an  Insolvency  Event  with  respect to the
Affiliated   Purchaser.   See   "The   Purchase   Agreements   and   The   Trust
Documents--Termination."   Moreover,   partial   retirement  of  the  Notes  and
Certificates  will occur to the extent there is remaining any Pre-Funded  Amount
on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of the Funding Period.

     The  rate  of  principal  payments  (including  prepayments)  on  pools  of
recreational  vehicle  installment sale contracts may be influenced by a variety
of economic,  geographic,  social and other factors.  In general,  if prevailing
interest  rates  were to fall  significantly  below  the  Contract  Rates on the
Contracts,  the Contracts  could be subject to higher  prepayment  rates than if
prevailing  interest  rates were to remain at or above the Contract Rates on the
Contracts.  Conversely, if prevailing interest rates were to rise significantly,
the  rate of  prepayments  on the  Contracts  would  generally  be  expected  to
decrease.  No  assurances  can be  given as to the  rate of  prepayments  on the
Contracts in stable or changing interest rate environments.

     CITSF is not aware of any publicly available  industry  statistics that set
forth principal prepayment  experience for recreational vehicle installment sale
contracts  similar to the  Contracts  over an extended  period of time,  and its
experience  with respect to  recreational  vehicle  receivables  included in its
portfolio is insufficient to draw any specific  conclusions  with respect to the
expected prepayment rates on the Contracts.

Certain Payment Data

     Certain  statistical  information  relating  to  the  payment  behavior  of
recreational vehicle installment sale contracts originated by CITSF is set forth
below.  In  evaluating  the   information   contained  in  this  table  and  its
relationship to the expected prepayment  behavior of the Contracts,  prospective
Securityholders  should  consider that the information set forth below reflects,
with respect to contracts  originated in a given year,  all  principal  payments
made in respect of such contracts in a given year, including regularly scheduled
payments,  liquidation  or  insurance  proceeds  applied  to  principal  of such
contracts, as well as principal prepayments made by or on behalf of the obligors
on the  contracts  in advance of the date on which such  principal  payment  was
scheduled to be made. The information set forth below also reflects  charge-offs
of the contracts during a given year. ln addition, the Company has not performed
any statistical  analysis to determine  whether the contracts to which the table
relates constitute a statistically  significant  sample of recreational  vehicle
installment  sale  contracts  for  purposes  of  determining   expected  payment
behavior. Payment rates on the contracts are influenced by a number of economic,
social and other factors.  Certain of the contracts  included in the table below
were originated with  underwriting  criteria that may differ from the Contracts.
Furthermore,  no assurance  can be given that the  prepayment  experience of the
Contracts will exhibit payment  behavior  similar to the behavior  summarized in
the following table. In addition to the foregoing,  prospective  Securityholders
should  consider that the table set forth below is limited to the period covered
therein and thus cannot  reflect  the  effects,  if any, of aging on the payment
behavior of recreational  vehicle  contracts  beyond such periods.  As a result,
investors  should not draw any conclusions  regarding the prepayment rate of the
Contracts from the information  presented in the table below. Each investor must
make its own assumptions regarding the prepayment rate of the Contracts.

                                       27
<PAGE>


      The following  table sets forth,  with respect to all of the  recreational
vehicles contracts  originated by CITSF (excluding  contracts purchased in bulk)
in each  year  since  1991,  the  aggregate  initial  principal  balance  of the
contracts  originated in such year, the approximate  aggregate principal balance
outstanding on the contracts  originated in such year as of the last day of such
year  and  the  approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  outstanding  on  the
contracts originated in such year as of the end of the subsequent year.

            Information Regarding Principal Reduction on Recreational
                      Vehicle Contracts Originated by CITSF

                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Year of Origination
                                          --------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1991          1992         1993(3)      1994(3)     1995(3)
                                              ----          ----         -------      -------     -------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>     

Approximate Volume (1) ...................  $332,700      $374,800      $405,900     $294,500    $417,300
Approximate Aggregate
   Principal Balance (2):
      December 31, 1991 ..................  $282,600
      December 31, 1992 ..................  $198,800      $322,700
      December 31, 1993 ..................  $134,300      $233,700      $354,400
      December 31, 1994 ..................  $ 84,100      $165,200      $274,000     $260,700
      December 31, 1995 ..................  $ 61,200      $122,300      $213,200     $208,200    $371,900

</TABLE>

- -----------------

(1)  Volume  represents  aggregate  initial  principal  balance of each contract
     originated in a particular year.

(2)  Approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  as of any date  represents  the
     approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  outstanding  at the  end of the
     indicated year on each contract originated in a particular year.

(3)  Includes  Recreational  Vehicle  contracts  sold  by   CITSF  in   previous
     securitizations which CITSF is servicing.

Paid-Ahead Contracts

     If an Obligor, in addition to making his regularly scheduled payment, makes
one or more  additional  scheduled  payments  in any Due  Period  (for  example,
because  the  Obligor  intends  to be on  vacation  the  following  month),  the
additional  scheduled  payments  made in such Due  Period  will be  treated as a
principal  prepayment and applied to reduce the principal balance of the related
Contract in such Due Period and, unless otherwise requested by the Obligor,  the
Obligor  will not be required to make any  scheduled  payment in respect of such
Contract (a "Paid-Ahead  Contract") for the number of due dates corresponding to
the number of such  additional  scheduled  payments (the  "Paid-Ahead  Period").
During the Paid-Ahead Period,  interest will continue to accrue on the principal
balance  of the  Contract,  as  reduced  by the  application  of the  additional
scheduled  payments  made in the Due  Period  in which  such  Contract  became a
Paid-Ahead Contract.  The Obligor's Contract would not be considered  delinquent
during  the  Paid-Ahead  Period.  An  Interest  Shortfall  with  respect to such
Contract  will exist  during  each Due Period  occurring  during the  Paid-Ahead
Period and the Servicer may be required to make a Monthly  Advance in respect of
such Interest  Shortfall,  as described  under "The Purchase  Agreements and The
Trust Documents--Monthly Advances"; however, no Monthly Advances will be made in
respect  of  principal  in  respect  of  a  Paid-Ahead   Contract.   See  "Yield
Considerations."

      When the Obligor  resumes his required  payments  following the Paid-Ahead
Period,  the payments so paid may be insufficient to cover the interest that has
accrued   since  the  last   payment  by  the  Obligor.   Notwithstanding   such
insufficiency,   the  Obligor's  Contract  would  be  considered  current.  This
situation  will continue until the regularly  scheduled  payments are once again
sufficient to cover all accrued interest and to reduce the principal  balance of
the  Contract.  Depending  on the  principal  balance and  Contract  Rate of the
related Contract, and on the number of payments that were paid-ahead,  there may
be extended  periods of time  during  which  Contracts  that are current are not
amortizing.  During such periods,  no distributions in respect of principal will
be made to the Securityholders with respect to such Contracts.

     Paid-Ahead   Contracts  will  affect  the  weighted  average  life  of  the
Securities.  The distribution of the paid-ahead  amount on the Distribution Date
following  the Due  Period in which  such  amount was  received  will  generally
shorten the weighted average life of the Securities.  However,  depending on the
length of time during which a Paid-Ahead Contract is not amortizing as described
above, the weighted average life of the Securities may be extended. In addition,
to the extent the Servicer  makes Monthly  Advances with respect to a Paid-Ahead

                                       28
<PAGE>

Contract which subsequently goes into default, because liquidation proceeds with
respect to such  Contract  will be applied  first to reimburse  the Servicer for
such Monthly Advances, the loss with respect to such Contract may be larger than
would have been the case had such Monthly Advances not been made.

      As of  the  Initial  Cut-Off  Date,  approximately 11% of  the  number  of
Contracts  in the Contract  Pool were  Paid-Ahead  Contracts,  with at least one
scheduled   monthly  payment  having  been  paid-ahead.   CITSF's  portfolio  of
recreational  vehicle  installment  sale  contracts  has  historically  included
contracts which have been paid-ahead by one or more scheduled  monthly payments.
There can be no  assurance  as to the  number  of  Contracts  which  may  become
Paid-Ahead  Contracts  or the number or the  principal  amount of the  scheduled
payments which may be paid-ahead.

Weighted Average Life of the Securities

      Prepayments on recreational  vehicle contracts can be measured relative to
a prepayment standard or model. The model used in this Prospectus,  the Absolute
Prepayment  Model ("ABS"),  represents an assumed rate of prepayment  each month
relative to the original number of contracts in a pool of contracts. ABS further
assumes that all the  Contracts  are the same size and amortize at the same rate
and  that  each  Contract  in each  month  of its life  will  either  be paid as
scheduled or be prepaid in full. For example, in a pool of contracts  originally
containing  10,000  Contracts,  a 1.0% ABS rate means that 100 Contracts  prepay
each month.  ABS does not purport to be a historical  description  of prepayment
experience or a prediction of the anticipated  rate of prepayment of any pool of
contracts including the Contracts.

      As the rate of  payments of  principal  of the Notes and in respect of the
Certificate  Balance will depend on the rate of payment (including  prepayments)
of the  principal  balance of the  Contracts,  final  payment of the Notes could
occur significantly earlier than the Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution Date.
The final  distribution in respect of the Certificates also could occur prior to
the Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date.  Reinvestment risk associated
with early payment of the Notes and the Certificates  will be borne  exclusively
by the Noteholders and the Certificateholders, respectively.

     The tables captioned  "Percent of Initial Note Principal Balance at Various
ABS  Percentages"  and  "Percent of Initial  Certificate  Balance at Various ABS
Percentages"  (the  "ABS  Table")  have  been  prepared  on  the  basis  of  the
characteristics  of the Contracts.  The ABS Table assumes that (i) the Contracts
prepay in full at the  specified  constant  percentage  of ABS monthly,  with no
defaults,  losses or  repurchases,  (ii) each scheduled  monthly  payment on the
Contracts  is made on the last day of each  month  and each  month  has 30 days,
(iii) payments on the Notes and  distributions  on the  Certificates are made on
each Distribution Date (and each such date is assumed to be the fifteenth day of
each applicable  month),  (iv) the Closing Date occurs on February 22, 1996, (v)
CITSF  exercises  its option to purchase the  Contracts as specified  under "The
Purchase  Agreements and The Trust  Documents--Termination"  and (vi) all of the
Subsequent  Contracts  are  purchased  by the  Trust on or  prior to the  second
Distribution  Date. The ABS Table indicates the projected  weighted average life
of the Notes and the  Certificates  and sets forth the  percent  of the  initial
principal  amount of the  Notes  and the  percent  of the  original  Certificate
Balance that is projected to be outstanding after each of the Distribution Dates
shown at various constant ABS percentages.

      The ABS Table also assumes that the Contracts  have been  aggregated  into
three  hypothetical pools with all of the Contracts within each such pool having
the following  characteristics  and that the level scheduled monthly payment for
each of the pools (which is based on its aggregate  principal balance,  weighted
average APR,  weighted  average  original term to maturity and weighted  average
remaining term to maturity as of the appropriate Cut-off Date) will be such that
each pool will be fully amortized by the end of its remaining term to maturity.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Weighted Average    Weighted Average  
                                                Weighted        Original Term       Remaining Term     Weighted Average
                            Aggregate            Average         to Maturity         to Maturity           Seasoning
                        Principal Balance     Contract Rate       (Months)            (Months)             (Months)
                        -----------------     -------------   ----------------    -----------------    ----------------
<S>                        <C>                    <C>                <C>                 <C>                   <C>
Pool 1 ................    $181,744,965           10.0%              156                 148                   8
Pool 2 ................    $ 25,000,000            9.9%              156                 156                   0
Pool 3 ................    $ 43,255,035            9.9%              156                 156                   0
                                                                                             
                                                            
</TABLE>

                                       29
<PAGE>

      The actual  characteristics  and  performance of the Contracts will differ
from the assumptions  used in constructing  the ABS Table.  The assumptions used
are  hypothetical and have been provided only to give a general sense of how the
principal  cash flows might  behave  under  varying  prepayment  scenarios.  For
example,  it is very unlikely that the Contracts will prepay at a constant level
of ABS until maturity or that all of the Contracts will prepay at the same level
of ABS. Moreover, the diverse terms of Contracts within each of the hypothetical
pools could produce slower or faster principal  distributions  than indicated in
the ABS Table at the various constant percentages of ABS specified,  even if the
original and remaining  terms to maturity of the  Contracts are as assumed.  Any
difference between such assumptions and actual  characteristics  and performance
of the Contracts or actual prepayment experience, will affect the percentages of
initial  balances  outstanding over time and weighted average lives of the Notes
and the Certificates.

    Percent of Initial Note Principal Balance at Various ABS Percentages (1)

Distribution Date             0.0%        0.5%       1.0%       1.2%        1.4%
- -----------------             ----        ----       ----       ----        ----
Initial Percent ...........   100%        100%       100%       100%        100%
February 1997 .............    96          90         83         80          78
February 1998 .............    91          79         67         61          56
February 1999 .............    85          69         51         43          36
February 2000 .............    79          58         36         27          17
February 2001 .............    73          49         23         12           0
February 2002 .............    65          39         11          0           0
February 2003 .............    57          30          0          0           0
February 2004 .............    48          22          0          0           0
February 2005 .............    38          14          0          0           0
February 2006 .............    27           7          0          0           0
February 2007 .............    15           0          0          0           0
February 2008 .............     0           0          0          0           0
Weighted Average Life 
  (years)(2) ..............   7.3         5.1         3.2        2.7         2.4

- ------------------

(1)  Assumes  the  exercise  by  CITSF  of its  option  to  purchase  all of the
     Contracts on the  Distribution  Date following the Record Date on which the
     Pool Balance is 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance.

(2)  The  weighted  average  life  of a  Class  A  Note  is  determined  by  (i)
     multiplying the amount of each principal  payment of the Note by the number
     of  years  from  the  date  of the  issuance  of the  Note  to the  related
     Distribution  Date,  (ii) adding the results and (iii)  dividing the sum by
     the related initial principal amount of the Note.

THE ABS  TABLE  HAS BEEN  PREPARED  BASED  ON THE  ASSUMPTIONS  DESCRIBED  ABOVE
(INCLUDING THE ASSUMPTIONS  REGARDING THE CHARACTERISTICS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
CONTRACTS  WHICH WILL DIFFER  FROM THE ACTUAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND  PERFORMANCE
THEREOF) AND SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION THEREWITH.

                                       30
<PAGE>

      Percent of Initial Certificate Balance at Various ABS Percentages(1)

Distribution Date            0.0%        0.5%       1.0%       1.2%         1.4%
- -----------------            ----        ----       ----       ----         ----
Initial Percent ..........   100%        100%       100%       100%         100%
February 1997 ............   100         100        100        100          100
February 1998 ............   100         100        100        100          100
February 1999 ............   100         100        100        100          100
February 2000 ............   100         100        100        100          100
February 2001 ............   100         100        100        100            0
February 2002 ............   100         100        100          0            0
February 2003 ............   100         100          0          0            0
February 2004 ............   100         100          0          0            0
February 2005 ............   100         100          0          0            0
February 2006 ............   100         100          0          0            0
February 2007 ............   100           0          0          0            0
February 2008 ............     0           0          0          0            0
Weighted Average Life 
  (years)(2) .............   11.8       10.4        6.6        5.6          4.8

- ----------------

(1)  Assumes  the  exercise  by  CITSF  of its  option  to  purchase  all of the
     Contracts on the  Distribution  Date following the Record Date on which the
     Pool Balance is 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance.

(2)  The weighted average life of a Certificate is determined by (i) multiplying
     in the amount of each principal payment on the Certificate by the number of
     years  from the date of the  issuance  of the  Certificate  to the  related
     Distribution  Date,  (ii) adding the results and (iii)  dividing the sum by
     the related initial principal balance of the Certificate.

THE ABS  TABLE  HAS BEEN  PREPARED  BASED  ON THE  ASSUMPTIONS  DESCRIBED  ABOVE
(INCLUDING THE ASSUMPTIONS  REGARDING THE CHARACTERISTICS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
CONTRACTS  WHICH WILL DIFFER  FROM THE ACTUAL  CHARACTERISTICS  AND  PERFORMANCE
THEREOF) AND SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION THEREWITH.

                                       31
<PAGE>

                              YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

      Thirty days of interest on the Contracts  will be paid to the  Noteholders
on each Distribution Date to the extent of the remaining Available Amount, in an
amount  equal  to  one-twelfth  of the  product  of the  Class  A Rate  and  the
outstanding principal balance of the Notes as of the preceding Distribution Date
(after  giving  effect  to any  distributions  of  principal  to be made on such
Distribution  Date)  or,  in  the  case  of the  first  Distribution  Date,  the
outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes as of the Initial Cut-off Date. See
"The  Notes--Distributions  of  Principal".  Thirty  days  of  interest  on  the
Contracts will be passed through to Certificateholders on each Distribution Date
to the  extent  of  the  remaining  Available  Amount  and  the  Available  Cash
Collateral  Amount,  in an amount  equal to  one-twelfth  of the  product of the
Pass-Through Rate and the Certificate  Balance as of the preceding  Distribution
Date (after giving effect to  distributions of principal on the Certificates and
other  reductions  in the  Certificate  Balance to be made on such  Distribution
Date) or, in the case of the first Distribution  Date, the Original  Certificate
Balance.  The  "Certificate  Balance"  means the  Original  Certificate  Balance
reduced  by (i)  all  distributions  allocable  to  principal  actually  made to
Certificateholders,  including payments of any Principal Liquidation Loss Amount
and payments of any Principal Distribution Amount made to the Certificateholders
which are  allocable to principal,  (ii) the  aggregate  amount of all Principal
Liquidation Loss Amounts  distributable to Certificateholders to the extent such
amounts  have not  been so  previously  distributed  and  (iii) on or after  the
Cross-Over  Date,  the aggregate  amount of all Principal  Distribution  Amounts
distributable to  Certificateholders to the extent such amounts have not been so
previously  distributed.  See "The  Certificates--Distributions  of  Principal".
Interest   Shortfalls,   to  the  extent  not   covered  by  Monthly   Advances,
Non-Reimbursable  Payments and amounts on deposit in the Collection Account will
adversely affect the yield on the Securities.


      The  Certificate  Balance  will be reduced to the extent that prior to the
Cross-Over  Date  distributions  are not made in respect of the  Principal  Loss
Liquidation  Amount and on or after the Cross-Over  Date  distributions  are not
made in  respect  of the  Principal  Distribution  Amount.  As a result  of such
reductions,  less interest will accrue on the Certificates  than would otherwise
be the case.

      Generally,  the excess of the amount of interest at the Contract Rate over
the amount of interest  payable  under such  Contract and  allocable to pay such
Contract's  share of interest on the  Securities  and the Servicing Fee would be
available to cover losses on Defaulted  Contracts.  Because Monthly Advances and
Non-Reimbursable  Payments  are  calculated  at rates  that  are  less  than the
Contract  Rate,  in the event of such a  payment,  there  will be less  interest
available to cover losses on Defaulted  Contracts.  A similar result occurs when
CITSF purchases a Contract at the Purchase Price (as hereinafter defined).

                                  POOL FACTORS

      The "Note Pool Factor" is a  seven-digit  decimal  which the Servicer will
compute each month indicating the remaining outstanding principal balance of the
Notes as of the  Distribution  Date,  as a fraction of the  initial  outstanding
principal balance of the Notes. The Note Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the
Initial Cut-off Date, and thereafter  will decline to reflect  reductions in the
outstanding  principal  balance  of the  Notes.  A  Noteholder's  portion of the
aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of the Notes is the product of (i) the
original denomination of the Noteholder's Note and (ii) the Note Pool Factor.

      The "Certificate Pool Factor" is a seven-digit  decimal which the Servicer
will compute each month indicating the remaining  Certificate  Balance as of the
Distribution  Date,  as a  fraction  of the  initial  Certificate  Balance.  The
Certificate  Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the Initial  Cut-off Date,  and
thereafter  will  decline to reflect  reductions  in the  outstanding  principal
balance of the  Certificates.  A  Certificateholder's  portion of the  aggregate
outstanding  Certificate Balance is the product of (i) the original denomination
of the Certificateholder's Certificate and (ii) the Certificate Pool Factor.

      Pursuant to the Indenture,  the  Noteholders  will receive monthly reports
concerning the payments  received on the Contracts,  the Pool Balance,  the Note
Pool  Factor and  various  other  items of  information.  Pursuant  to the Trust
Agreement,  the  Certificateholders  will receive monthly reports concerning the
payments  received on the Contracts,  the Pool Balance,  Certificate Pool Factor
and various other items of information. Securityholders of record (which in most
cases will be Cede & Co.) during any calendar year will be furnished information
for tax reporting  purposes not later than the latest date permitted by law. See
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Statements to Securityholders."

                                       32
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

      The Company will sell the Initial Contracts to the Trust concurrently with
the sale of the  Securities and the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities
will be applied by the Trustees to the purchase of the Initial Contracts, to the
payment of certain expenses connected with pooling the Contracts and issuing the
Securities,  to the deposit of the Pre-Funded Amount in the Pre-Funding Account,
and to the deposit of the initial amount into the Capitalized  Interest Account.
Such net proceeds less the payment of such expenses,  the Pre-Funded  Amount and
the initial deposit into the Capitalized Interest Account represent the purchase
price paid by the Trust to the Company for the sale of the Initial  Contracts to
the Trust.  Such  amount  will be  determined  as a result of the pricing of the
Securities,  through the offering described in this Prospectus. The net proceeds
to be received from the sale of the Initial  Contracts  will be paid to CITSF as
the purchase price for the Contracts and will be added to CITSF's  general funds
and will be available for general corporate purposes,  including the purchase of
new  recreational  vehicle  installment  sales  contracts and the payment of the
purchase  price to CITCF-NY for those Initial  Contracts  acquired by CITSF from
CITCF-NY.


               THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, SELLER

      The  CIT  Group   Securitization   Corporation  II  (the   "Company")  was
incorporated  in the State of Delaware on June 24, 1994, and is a  wholly-owned,
limited purpose finance  subsidiary of The CIT Group Holdings,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  ("CIT"),  which is a successor to a company  founded in St.  Louis,
Missouri,  in February 1908. CIT is 80% owned by The Dai-Ichi  Kangyo Bank, Ltd.
and 20% by CBC  Holding  (Delaware)  Inc.,  a  subsidiary  of  Chemical  Banking
Corporation.  The  Company  maintains  its  principal  office at 650 CIT  Drive,
Livingston, New Jersey 07039. Its telephone number is (201) 535-3514.

      As described  herein,  the  obligations of the Company with respect to the
Securities are limited.  The Company will have no ongoing servicing  obligations
or responsibilities with respect to the Contract Pool.

      CITSF is an  affiliate  of the  Company.  The  Company  will  acquire  the
Contract Pool in a privately negotiated transaction from CITSF.

      Neither CIT nor any of its  affiliates,  including  the Company and CITSF,
will be obligated with respect to the Securities.  Accordingly,  the Company has
determined that financial  statements of CITSF and the Company, are not material
to the offering of the Securities.


                  THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., SERVICER

General

      The CIT Group/Sales Financing,  Inc., a Delaware corporation ("CITSF"), is
a wholly-owned  subsidiary of CIT. It has its principal  executive office at 650
CIT Drive,  Livingston,  New Jersey  07039,  and its  telephone  number is (201)
740-5000.

      CITSF  originates,   purchases,   sells  and  services  conditional  sales
contracts for  recreational  vehicles,  manufactured  housing and other consumer
goods throughout the United States.  CITSF has been a lender to the recreational
vehicle industry for more than 30 years.  CITSF has Regional Business Centers in
five  cities and a  centralized  asset  service  facility  (the  "Asset  Service
Center") in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.  Working through dealers and manufacturers,
CITSF offers retail installment  credit. In addition to purchasing  recreational
vehicle  contracts  from  dealers  on an  individual  basis,  CITSF  makes  bulk
purchases of recreational  vehicle  contracts.  These bulk purchases may be from
the  portfolios  of  other  lending  institutions  or  finance  companies,   the
portfolios of governmental  agencies or  instrumentalities  or the portfolios of
other entities that purchase and hold recreational vehicle contracts.

      The Asset Service Center of CITSF services consumer credit transactions in
50  states  and the  District  of  Columbia.  It  provides  full  servicing  for
recreational  vehicle,  home equity,  marine products and  manufactured  housing
retail  installment  contracts.  The Asset  Service  Center is  supplemented  by
outside collectors and field remarketers located throughout the United States.

      As  of  December   31,  1995,   CITSF   serviced  for  itself  and  others
approximately  154,721 contracts  (consisting primarily of recreational vehicle,
home equity and  manufactured  housing  contracts),  representing an outstanding
balance of approximately $3.7 billion. Of this portfolio,  approximately  52,126

                                       33
<PAGE>

contracts   (representing   approximately  $1.1  billion  outstanding   balance)
consisted of  recreational  vehicle  contracts.  CITSF recently  entered into an
agreement  to  service   additional   manufactured   housing  contracts  for  an
unaffiliated  third  party which  increased  substantially  the total  number of
contracts serviced by CITSF.

      CITSF's  general  policies with regard to the  origination of recreational
vehicle   installment   sale  contracts  are  described  below  under  "Contract
Origination" and "CITSF's Underwriting Guidelines".  See "Servicing" below for a
description of certain of CITSF's servicing policies.

Contract Origination

      Although   CITSF  does,  on  occasion,   purchase   recreational   vehicle
installment  sale contracts in bulk from other lenders,  all of the Contracts in
the Contract Pool have been originated by CITSF or CITCF-NY through the purchase
of such Contracts from Dealers.

      Through  its  Regional  Business  Centers,   CITSF  arranges  to  purchase
recreational   vehicle  contracts  from  recreational  vehicle  dealers  located
throughout the United States.  Regional  Business Center  personnel  contact the
dealers located in their  territories and explain  CITSF's  available  financing
plans, terms,  prevailing rates and credit and financing policies. If the dealer
wishes to use  CITSF's  available  customer  financing,  the dealer must make an
application  for  dealer  approval.   Upon   satisfactory   results  of  CITSF's
investigation of the dealers  creditworthiness  and general business reputation,
CITSF  and  the  dealer  execute  a  dealer  agreement.  CITSF  also  originates
recreational  vehicle installment loan agreements directly.  In addition,  CITSF
purchases  portfolios  of  recreational  vehicle  contracts  from other  lending
institutions or finance companies.

      Contracts  that CITSF  purchases  from  Dealers or  originates  itself (as
opposed to portfolios of contracts  purchased  from other lenders) are purchased
on an  individually  approved  basis in  accordance  with  CITSF's  underwriting
guidelines.

CITSF's Underwriting Guidelines

      All  recreational  vehicle  contracts  that are  purchased  by CITSF  from
dealers are written on forms  provided or approved by CITSF and are purchased on
an individually approved basis. With respect to each retail recreational vehicle
contract to be purchased from a Dealer,  CITSF's general practice is to have the
dealer submit the customer's credit application,  manufacturer's invoice (if the
contract is for a new vehicle)  and certain  other  information  relating to the
contract to the applicable  Regional Business Center.  Personnel at the Regional
Business Center prepare an analysis of the  creditworthiness of the customer and
of other aspects of the proposed transaction.

      All  credit  applications  are  entered  into  an  automatic   application
processing system. CITSF's underwriting guidelines require, and have required, a
credit  officer at a Regional  Business  Center  with the  appropriate  level of
credit authority to examine each applicant's credit history,  residence history,
employment history and debt-to-income payment ratio.  Although,  with respect to
these  criteria,  CITSF  has,  and has had,  certain  minimum  requirements,  as
described  below,  CITSF's  management  does  not  believe  that  these  minimum
requirements are themselves  generally  sufficient to warrant credit approval of
an applicant. Thus, there were and are no requirements on the basis of which, if
they are met, credit is routinely  approved  without review by a credit officer.
Based on credit score and other risk factors, each applicant is either approved,
declined or, if  necessary,  referred to a credit  officer with a higher  credit
authority.  Funding  of a  contract  is  authorized  after  verification  of the
conditions  of  approval of the  application  and  satisfactory  delivery of the
related recreational vehicle.

      The retail customer  generally has had a stable residence,  employment and
credit  history,  a minimum of two years in his or her present job, a debt ratio
(the ratio of total  installment  debt and  housing  expenses  to gross  monthly
income) of 40% or less, a down payment of at least 10% and an overall  favorable
credit   profile.   Approval   of  retail   customers   that  do  not  meet  the
above-described  retail customer profile is considered by the appropriate  level
credit officer, on a case by case basis. Such approval,  if granted, is based on
the applicant's length and likelihood of continued  employment,  ability to pay,
and a review of the  applicants'  paying  habits.  No  guarantors,  endorsers or
co-signers  are to be considered in  determining  whether to accept or reject an
application. The maximum amount CITSF will advance to such targeted customers is
(i) in the case of a new financed vehicle,  100% of the unpaid cash balance, not
to  exceed  110% of the  manufacturer's  invoice  price  plus  taxes,  fees  and

                                       34
<PAGE>

insurance  and (ii) in the case of a used financed  vehicle,  100% of the unpaid
cash  balance,  not to exceed 110% of the  wholesale  value as determined by the
Kelly blue book.  Funding of a contract is authorized after  verification of the
conditions  of  approval of the  application  and  satisfactory  delivery of the
related recreational vehicle.

      In August 1994 CITSF's  credit  criteria  were  changed to permit  greater
reliance  on credit  scores and  overall  evaluation  instead of using  specific
disqualifying  criteria  (e.g.,  a  minimum  of two  years of  employment).  The
interest rate charged on each  recreational  vehicle  contract  originated since
August 1994 reflects CITSF's  evaluation of the relative risk associated with an
individual's   application.   It  is  expected   that  the  changes  in  CITSF's
underwriting standards may result in higher delinquency and loan loss experience
than is shown in the tables in this  Prospectus  since most of the  recreational
vehicle  contracts  included in such tables were originated using CITSF's former
underwriting guidelines.  Most of the Initial Contracts were originated and most
Subsequent  Contracts,  if any,  will  be  originated  under  these  new  credit
criteria.  Accordingly,  the data  presented  in the  tables in this  Prospectus
regarding  the portfolio of  recreational  vehicle  contracts  serviced by CITSF
should not  necessarily  be considered as a basis for assessing the  likelihood,
amount or severity of delinquencies or losses on the Contracts.

      The credit review and approval  practices of each Regional Business Center
are subject to internal  reviews and  internal  audits that,  through  sampling,
examine the nature of the verification of credit histories, residence histories,
employment  histories,  debt ratios of the  applicants  and  evaluate the credit
risks  associated with the contracts  purchased  through such regional office by
rating the  obligors on such  contracts  according  to their  credit  histories,
employment histories, debt ratios and housing ratios.

Servicing

      CITSF services,  through its Asset Service Center,  recreational  vehicle,
manufactured  housing, home equity, and other consumer loans. CITSF services all
of the recreational vehicle contracts it purchases or originates,  whether on an
individual basis or in bulk. CITSF is actively seeking arrangements  pursuant to
which it will service  recreational  vehicle  contracts held by other  entities.
Such contracts would not be purchased by CITSF or sold to such other entities by
CITSF.  Generally,  such  servicing  responsibilities  are,  and would be,  also
carried out through  CITSF's Asset Service  Center.  Servicing  responsibilities
include collecting principal and interest payments,  taxes,  insurance premiums,
where applicable, and other payments from obligors and, where such contract have
been sold,  remitting principal and interest payments to the holders thereof, to
the extent such  holders are entitled  thereto.  Collection  procedures  include
repossession and resale of recreational  vehicles securing  defaulted  contracts
and, if deemed  advisable  by CITSF,  entering  into workout  arrangements  with
obligors under certain defaulted contracts.  Although decisions as to whether to
repossess  any  recreational  vehicle are made on an individual  basis,  CITSF's
general  policy is to institute  repossession  procedures  promptly  after Asset
Service Center personnel determine that it is unlikely that a defaulted contract
will be brought current,  and thereafter to diligently pursue the resale of such
recreational  vehicles if the market is favorable.  Recently,  the Asset Service
Center has developed a nationwide  auction network to facilitate  resale efforts
on such repossessions.

                                       35
<PAGE>

      The following table shows the composition of CITSF's servicing  portfolio,
including  recreational  vehicle  contracts  serviced  by  CITSF  on  the  dates
indicated:

                       THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.
                    Contracts Being Serviced By Product Line

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      AT DECEMBER 31,
                             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1991                1992                1993                1994               1995
                                    ----                ----                ----                ----               ----
                             (NUMBER) (DOLLARS)  (NUMBER)  DOLLARS)  (NUMBER)  (DOLLARS)  (NUMBER) (DOLLARS)  (NUMBER) (DOLLARS)
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                           <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>     
RV - Owned .................. 33,820   $729,056   38,926   $845,982   43,530    $961,382   39,454   $847,142   29,984   $662,468
RV - Bulk Purchases .........  5,828    116,545    4,383     84,344    3,331      60,386    3,522     50,882    2,648     36,058
RV - Servicing Retained (1) .      0          0        0          0        0           0    4,827    118,267   19,494    445,716
Total RV .................... 39,648    845,601   43,309    930,326   46,861   1,021,768   47,803  1,016,291   52,126  1,144,242
Total MH .................... 31,811    509,400   49,640    805,345   47,898     809,670   39,599    878,152   69,277  1,368,513
Home Equity .................      0          0        0          0    3,545     131,322   13,545    570,772   27,122  1,039,044
Other .......................  6,942    101,022    1,126     19,485    1,572      41,944    1,310     74,823    6,196    159,003
                              ------ ----------   ------ ----------   ------  ----------  ------- ----------  ------- ----------
Total Contracts
  Serviced .................. 78,401 $1,456,023   94,075 $1,755,156   99,876  $2,004,704  102,257 $2,540,038  154,721 $3,710,802
                              ====== ==========   ====== ==========   ======  ==========  ======= ==========  ======= ==========

</TABLE>
- -----------------

RV = Recreational Vehicle
MH = Manufactured Housing

(1)  Represents contracts sold by CITSF in previous  securitizations which CITSF
     is servicing.

Delinquency, Loan Loss and Liquidation Experience

      The following Delinquency Experience and Loan Loss/Liquidation  Experience
tables set forth data for CITSF's recreational vehicle portfolio.  The following
table sets forth the  delinquency  experience  for the five years ended December
31, 1995, of the portfolio of  recreational  vehicle  contracts  originated  and
serviced  by CITSF,  excluding  contracts  acquired by CITSF  through  portfolio
purchases and contracts in repossession.

                             Delinquency Experience
                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                              Year Ended December 31,
                                              1991        1992        1993       1994(3)      1995(3)
                                              ----        ----        ----       -------      -------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>   
Number of Contracts ......................    33,820      38,926      43,530      44,281        49,478
Principal Balance of
 Contracts Serviced ......................  $729,056    $845,982    $961,382    $965,409    $1,108,184
Principal Balance of
 Delinquent Contracts (1):
   30-59 Days ............................  $  4,363     $ 4,412     $ 6,478     $ 4,986       $ 9,218
   60-89 Days ............................     1,304       1,378       2,211       1,959         3,071
   90 Days or More .......................     3,406       4,140       3,383       2,785         4,456
Total Principal Balance
 of Delinquent Contracts .................  $  9,073     $ 9,930    $ 12,072     $ 9,730      $ 16,745
Delinquencies as a
 Percent of Principal
 Balances (2) ............................     1.24%       1.17%       1.26%       1.01%         1.51%

</TABLE>

- ---------------------

(1)  The  period of  delinquency  is based on the  number of days  payments  are
     contractually past due (assuming 30-day months).  Consequently,  a contract
     due on the first day of a month is not 30 days  delinquent  until the first
     day of the next month.

(2)  Based on dollar percent delinquent.

(3)  Includes  Recreational  Vehicle  contracts  sold  by  CITSF   in   previous
     securitizations  which CITSF is servicing.  

                                       36
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth the loan loss and liquidation experience for
the five years ended December 31, 1995, of the portfolio of recreational vehicle
contracts  originated  and serviced by CITSF,  excluding  contracts  acquired by
CITSF through portfolio purchases.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Loan Loss/Liquidation Experience
                             (Dollars in thousands)

                                                            Year Ended December 31,
                                              1991        1992       1993       1994 (4)      1995 (4)
                                              ----        ----       ----      ----------     --------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>   
Number of Contracts (1) ..................    33,820      38,926      43,530      44,281        49,478
Principal Balance of
  Contracts Serviced (1) .................  $729,056    $845,982    $961,382    $965,409    $1,108,184
Net Losses:
  Dollars(2) .............................   $ 3,942     $ 4,040     $ 3,917     $ 4,887       $ 4,762
  Percentage (3) .........................     0.54%       0.48%       0.41%       0.51%         0.43%

</TABLE>
- ------------------
(1) As of period end and excludes contracts in repossession.

(2) The calculation of net  loss  includes  all  expenses  of  repossession  and
    liquidation.

(3) As a percentage of the principal balance of contracts as of period end.

(4)  Includes   Recreational   Vehicle  contracts  sold  by  CITSF  in  previous
     securitizations which CITSF is servicing.

      The data presented in the foregoing  tables is for  illustrative  purposes
only.  Such data  relates to the  performance  of CITSF's  entire  portfolio  of
installment  sale  contracts  secured  by  recreational  vehicles,  and  is  not
historical data regarding solely the portion of CITSF's  portfolio  constituting
the Contracts.  Most of CITSF's  portfolio of installment sale contracts secured
by  recreational   vehicles  was  originated   under  CITSF's  old  underwriting
guidelines. However, in August 1994 CITSF adopted a risk-adjusted pricing policy
and changed its credit criteria and  underwriting  guidelines as described under
"--CITSF's  Underwriting  Guidelines" above. In connection with this change, the
minimum  credit  score for  approval  of a new credit was  reduced,  in order to
permit  credit to be  extended  to less  creditworthy  borrowers  than under the
credit criteria previously in effect. The interest rates charged on recreational
vehicle contracts originated since August 1994 reflect CITSF's evaluation of the
relative risk associated with an individual's application.  It is expected that,
in  addition to the effects of  seasoning,  the changes in CITSF's  underwriting
standards will result in higher  delinquency  and loan loss  experience  than is
shown in the above  tables  since  most of the  recreational  vehicle  contracts
included  in such tables  were  originated  using  CITSF's  former  underwriting
guidelines.  Most of the Initial  Contracts were  originated and most Subsequent
Contracts, if any, will be originated under these new credit criteria adopted by
CITSF in August 1994.  Accordingly,  the data presented in the foregoing  tables
should not  necessarily  be considered as a basis for assessing the  likelihood,
amount or severity of delinquency  or losses on the Contracts,  and no assurance
can be given that the  delinquency  and loan loss  experience  presented  in the
preceding tables will be indicative of the experience on the Contracts.

                                       37
<PAGE>

                                    THE NOTES

General

   
     The CIT RV Owner Trust 1996-A Class A 5.40% Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes"
or the "Class A Notes") will  represent  obligations of the Trust secured by the
assets of the Trust  (other than the  Certificate  Distribution  Account and the
Cash Collateral Account).  The Trust will issue $236,250,000 aggregate principal
amount of Class A Notes pursuant to the terms of an Indenture, to be dated as of
February  1,  1996  (as  amended  and  supplemented   from  time  to  time,  the
"Indenture")  between the Trust and Harris  Trust and Savings  Bank,  as trustee
(the  "Indenture  Trustee"),  a form of which will be filed as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement  of which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  A copy of the
Indenture  will be available from the Company,  upon request,  to the holders of
the Notes or  Certificates  and will be filed with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  (the   "Commission")   following  the  issuance  of  the  Notes  and
Certificates. The following summary describes certain terms of the Notes and the
Indenture. The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference  to, all of the  provisions  of the Notes
and the Indenture.  Where  particular  provisions or terms used in the Indenture
are  referred to, the actual  provisions  (including  definitions  of terms) are
incorporated by reference as part of such summary.
    

      The Notes will be offered for purchase in minimum  denominations of $1,000
and integral  multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof in book-entry form only. The
Class A Notes will initially be  represented by a single Note  registered in the
name of the nominee of The Depository  Trust Company  ("DTC" and,  together with
any successor depository selected by the Company,  the "Depository"),  except as
provided below.  The Company has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be
Cede & Co.  ("Cede").  No person  acquiring an interest in the Notes through the
facilities  of  DTC  (a  "Note  Owner")  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a Note
representing  such  person's  interest  in the Notes,  except as set forth below
under "Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Definitive  Securities" and
such  persons will hold their  interests in the Notes  through DTC in the United
States or Cedel Bank,  societe anonyme ("Cedel") or Euroclear in Europe.  Unless
and until Definitive Notes are issued under the limited circumstances  described
herein, all references to actions by Noteholders shall refer to actions taken by
DTC upon  instructions  from its  Participants,  and all  references  herein  to
distributions,  notices,  reports and statements to  Noteholders  shall refer to
distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to DTC in accordance  with DTC
procedures.   See  "Certain  Information  Regarding  The  Securities--Definitive
Securities" below.

      Payments of interest and  principal  on the Notes with respect to each Due
Period  will be made on the  fifteenth  day of each month or, if any such day is
not a Business Day, on the next  succeeding  Business Day (each, a "Distribution
Date"),  commencing March 15, 1996. With respect to any  Distribution  Date, the
"Due Period" will be the calendar month preceding the month of such Distribution
Date.  The first Due Period will  commence  on and include  February 1, 1996 and
will end on and include  February 29, 1996.  Payments on the  Securities on each
Distribution  Date  will  be  made  to the  holders  of  record  of the  related
Securities on the day immediately  preceding such  Distribution  Date or, in the
event  Definitive  Securities have been issued,  at the close of business of the
last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which such Distribution
Date occurs (each,  a "Record  Date").  A "Business Day" is any day other than a
Saturday,  Sunday or any day on which banking institutions or trust companies in
the  states of New York,  Delaware,  Illinois  or  Oklahoma  are  authorized  or
required by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

Payments of Interest

   
     The Class A Notes  will bear  interest  at the rate of 5.40% per annum (the
"Class A Rate"). The period for which interest is payable on a Distribution Date
on  the  Securities   shall  be  the  one-month  period  from  the  most  recent
Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding the following
Distribution Date, or in the case of the initial Distribution Date from February
15, 1996 to but  excluding  the initial  Distribution  Date (each,  an "Interest
Accrual  Period").  Interest accruing during the related Interest Accrual Period
(computed on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting  of twelve  30-day  months)
will be paid to the  Noteholders  of record on the related  Record Date, on each
Distribution  Date, to the extent of the Available  Amount on such  Distribution
Date (i) in an amount  equal to  one-twelfth  of the product of the Class A Rate
and  the  outstanding  principal  balance  on the  Notes,  as of  the  preceding
Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect to  distributions  of  principal  and
interest to be made on such Distribution Date) or (ii) in the case of the first
    

                                       38
<PAGE>

Distribution  Date, in an amount equal to interest  accruing at the Class A Rate
from  February 15, 1996 to but  excluding  the first  Distribution  Date, on the
outstanding  principal balance of the Notes as of the Closing Date (the "Class A
Interest Distribution Amount"). Interest accrued as of any Distribution Date but
not paid on such Distribution Date will be due on the next Distribution Date.

Payments of Principal

      Principal  payments will be made to the  Noteholders on each  Distribution
Date to the extent of the remaining  Available  Amount in an amount equal to the
Principal  Distribution Amount. The "Principal  Distribution Amount" is equal to
the  difference  between (i) the sum of (x) the Pool  Balance on the last day of
the second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date,
the Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance),  and (y) the amount on deposit
in the Pre-Funding Account (exclusive of investment earnings) on the last day of
the second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date,
as of the Closing  Date),  less (ii) the sum of (x) the Pool Balance on the last
day of the preceding Due Period and (y) the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account (exclusive of investment  earnings) on the last day of the preceding Due
Period; provided, however, that the Principal Distribution Amount on the Class A
Final Scheduled  Distribution Date will equal the outstanding  principal balance
of the  Notes  as of such  date and the  Principal  Distribution  Amount  on the
Certificate Final  Distribution Date will equal the Certificate  Balance on such
date. For the purposes of determining  the Principal  Distribution  Amount,  the
unpaid principal  balance of a Defaulted  Contract or a Repurchased  Contract is
deemed  to be zero on and after  the last day of the Due  Period  in which  such
Contract became a Defaulted  Contract or a Repurchased  Contract.  The Principal
Distribution  Amount will not exceed the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
Notes or, after the Cross-Over Date, the Certificate Balance.

      No  principal  will be paid in respect of the Notes until the Servicer has
been  reimbursed  for any  outstanding  Monthly  Advances  and has been paid the
Servicing Fee  (including  any unpaid  Servicing Fee with respect to one or more
prior Due Periods)  (collectively,  the "Servicer Payment") and until the entire
Class A Interest  Distribution Amount has been paid for the related Distribution
Date. The principal  balance of the Class A Notes,  to the extent not previously
paid, will be due on the Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date. The actual
date on which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes is
paid may be earlier than the Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution Date based on
a variety of factors.

      On each Determination  Date, the Servicer will determine the amount in the
Collection  Account available for distribution on the related  Distribution Date
and inform the Indenture  Trustee,  who shall allocate such amounts  between the
Notes and the Certificates and make  distributions  to  Securityholders,  all as
described    herein   under   "The   Purchase    Agreements    and   The   Trust
Documents--Distributions".  The  unpaid  principal  balance of the Notes will be
payable on the Class A Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

Redemption

      The  Notes  will  be  redeemed  in  part,  on a pro  rata  basis,  on  the
Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period
in the event that any portion of the Pre-Funded Amount remains on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account  after  giving  effect to the  purchase  of all  Subsequent
Contracts,  including  any such purchase on such date.  The aggregate  principal
amount of the Notes to be  redeemed  will be an amount  equal to the  Pre-Funded
Percentage  allocable  to the  Notes  of  the  amount  then  on  deposit  in the
Pre-Funding Account.

      In the event of an Optional  Purchase  or Auction  Sale,  the  outstanding
Notes will be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to
the unpaid  principal  amount of the Notes  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest
thereon at the Class A Rate.  An  "Optional  Purchase"  of all the  Contracts by
CITSF,  may occur at CITSF's  option,  on any  Distribution  Date  following any
Record Date on which the Pool Balance is 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance
(as  hereinafter  defined).  An "Auction Sale" may occur,  and may result in the
sale of the  Contracts  remaining in the Trust,  within ten days  following  any
Distribution  Date  following any Record Date on which the Pool Balance is 5% or
less of the Initial Pool Balance.

      Upon the occurrence of an Insolvency  Event with respect to the Affiliated
Purchaser,  the Trust  shall be  terminated  and the assets of the Trust will be
sold (unless, within 90 days after such occurrence, the Owner Trustee shall have
received written  instructions  from (a) each of the  Certificateholders  (other
than the Affiliated  Purchaser) and (b) each of the  Noteholders,  to the effect
that each  such  party  disapproves  of the  liquidation  of the  Contracts  and
termination of the Trust). Upon the occurrence of such an event, the outstanding
Notes will be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to
the unpaid  principal  amount of the Notes plus accrued  interest thereon at the
Class A Rate.

                                       39
<PAGE>

The Indenture

      Modification of Indenture without  Noteholder  Consent.  The Trust and the
Indenture  Trustee may,  without consent of the  Noteholders,  enter into one or
more supplemental  indentures for any of the following purposes:  (i) to correct
or amplify the description of the collateral or add additional collateral;  (ii)
to provide for the  assumption  of the Note and the Indenture  obligations  by a
permitted  successor to the Trust;  (iii) to add  additional  covenants  for the
benefit  of the  related  Noteholders,  or to  surrender  any  rights  or  power
conferred upon the Trust; (iv) to convey,  transfer,  assign, mortgage or pledge
any  property to or with the  Indenture  Trustee;  (v) to cure any  ambiguity or
correct  or  supplement  any  provision  in the  Indenture  or any  supplemental
indenture which may be inconsistent with any other provision of the Indenture or
in any  supplemental  indenture;  (vi)  to  provide  for the  acceptance  of the
appointment of a successor  Indenture  Trustee or to add to or change any of the
provisions  of the  Indenture as shall be necessary  and permitted to facilitate
the administration by more than one trustee;  (vii) to modify,  eliminate or add
to the  provisions of the Indenture in order to comply with the Trust  Indenture
Act of 1939,  as amended;  and (viii) to add any  provisions  to,  change in any
manner,  or eliminate any of the  provisions  of, the Indenture or modify in any
manner the rights of Noteholders under such Indenture;  provided that any action
specified in this clause  (viii)  subject to other  conditions  set forth in the
Indenture, shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, adversely affect in
any material respect the interests of any Noteholder unless  Noteholder  consent
is otherwise obtained as described herein.

      Modification of Indenture with Noteholder Consent. With the consent of the
holders of a  majority  of the  aggregate  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Notes, and with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, the Trust and the Indenture
Trustee may execute a supplemental indenture to add provisions to, change in any
manner or eliminate any provisions  of, the  Indenture,  or modify in any manner
the rights of the related Noteholders.

      Without  the  consent  of the  holder of each  outstanding  Note  affected
thereby, however, no supplemental indenture will: (i) change the due date of any
instalment  of  principal  of or  interest  on any Note or reduce the  principal
amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or the redemption price with
respect  thereto or change any place of payment where or the coin or currency in
which any Note or any  interest  thereon is  payable;  (ii)  impair the right to
institute  suit for the  enforcement  of  certain  provisions  of the  Indenture
regarding payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes the consent of the holders of which is required for any
such  supplemental  indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required
for any waiver of  compliance  with certain  provisions  of the  Indenture or of
certain  defaults  thereunder  and their  consequences  as  provided  for in the
Indenture;  (iv) modify or alter the  provisions of the Indenture  regarding the
voting of Notes held by the Trust, any other obligor on the Notes, the Seller or
an  affiliate  of any of  them;  (v)  reduce  the  percentage  of the  aggregate
outstanding  amount of the Notes the consent of the holders of which is required
to direct  the  Indenture  Trustee to sell or  liquidate  the  Contracts  if the
proceeds  of such sale would be  insufficient  to pay the  principal  amount and
accrued  but  unpaid  interest  on the  outstanding  Notes;  (vi)  decrease  the
percentage of the aggregate  principal amount of the Notes required to amend the
sections of the Indenture  which specify the applicable  percentage of aggregate
principal  amount of the Notes necessary to amend the Indenture or certain other
related agreements; or (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or
on a parity with the lien of the Indenture with respect to any of the collateral
for  the  Notes  or,  except  as  otherwise  permitted  or  contemplated  in the
Indenture, terminate the lien of the Indenture on any such collateral or deprive
the holder of any Note of the security afforded by the lien of the Indenture.

      Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default. "Events of Default" under
the  Indenture  will consist of: (i) any failure to pay interest on the Notes as
and when the same becomes due and payable,  which failure  continues  unremedied
for five days; (ii) any failure (a) to make any required payment of principal on
the Notes  which  failure  continues  unremedied  for thirty (30) days or (b) to
observe or perform in any material  respect any other covenants or agreements in
the  Indenture,  which  failure in the case of a default  under  clause  (ii)(b)
materially and adversely affects the rights of Noteholders, and which failure in
either  case  continues  for 30 days after the giving of written  notice of such
failure to the Issuer and the Seller (or the Servicer,  as  applicable),  by the
Indenture  Trustee  or to the  Issuer  and  the  Seller  (or  the  Servicer,  as
applicable),  and the  Indenture  Trustee by the holders of not less than 25% of
the principal  amount of the Notes;  (iii)  failure to pay the unpaid  principal
balance  of any  Notes on or prior to the Class A Final  Scheduled  Distribution
Date; and (iv) certain events of insolvency,  readjustment of debt,  marshalling
of assets and  liabilities  or similar  proceedings  and certain  actions by the
Trust   indicating  its  insolvency,   reorganization   pursuant  to  bankruptcy
proceedings  or  inability  to pay  its  obligations.  However,  the  amount  of
principal  required to be paid to Noteholders under the Indenture will generally
be  limited  to  amounts  available  to be  deposited  in the Note  Distribution
Account.  Therefore the failure to pay principal on the Notes generally will not
result  in the  occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default  until  the  Class A Final
Scheduled Distribution Date.

                                       40
<PAGE>

      If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing  with respect to the
Notes,  the  Indenture  Trustee or holders of a majority in principal  amount of
such  Notes  then  outstanding  may  declare  the  principal  of the Notes to be
immediately due and payable. Such declaration may, under certain  circumstances,
be rescinded by the holders of a majority of the  principal  amount of the Notes
then outstanding.

      If the  Notes  are due and  payable  following  an Event of  Default  with
respect  thereto,  the Indenture  Trustee may institute  proceedings  to collect
amounts  due or  foreclose  on Trust  property,  exercise  remedies as a secured
party, sell the related Contracts or elect to have the Trust maintain possession
of such  Contracts  and continue to apply  collections  on such  Contracts as if
there had been no declaration of acceleration.  The Indenture Trustee,  however,
is prohibited from selling the Contracts  following an Event of Default,  unless
(i) the  holders of all the  outstanding  Notes  consent to such sale,  (ii) the
proceeds of such sale are  sufficient  to pay in full the  principal  of and the
accrued  interest on such  outstanding  Notes at the date of such sale, or (iii)
the Indenture Trustee determines that the proceeds of the Contracts would not be
sufficient  on an  ongoing  basis  to make  all  payments  on the  Notes as such
payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and
payable,  and the  Indenture  Trustee  obtains  the  consent of the holders of a
majority  of  the  aggregate  outstanding  amount  of  the  Notes.  Following  a
declaration  upon an Event of  Default  that the Notes are  immediately  due and
payable,  (i) Noteholders will be entitled to ratable  repayment of principal on
the basis of their respective  unpaid  principal  balances and (ii) repayment in
full of the accrued interest on and unpaid principal  balances of the Notes will
be made prior to any  further  payment of  interest  on the  Certificates  or in
respect  of the  Certificate  Balance  (other  than  payments  of the  Principal
Liquidation Loss Amount and other payments from the Cash Collateral Account).

      Subject to the  provisions of the Indenture  relating to the duties of the
Indenture Trustee,  if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect
to the Notes, the Indenture  Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers  under the  Indenture at the request or direction of any
of the holders of such Notes, if the Indenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes it
will not be adequately  indemnified against the costs,  expenses and liabilities
which might be incurred by it in  complying  with such  request.  Subject to the
provisions  for  indemnification  and  certain  limitations   contained  in  the
Indenture,  the holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding or any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee and the holders of a
majority  in  principal  amount of such Notes then  outstanding  may, in certain
cases,  waive any default with respect thereto,  except a default in the payment
of  principal  or interest or a default in respect of a covenant or provision of
the  Indenture  that cannot be modified  without the waiver or consent of all of
the holders of such outstanding Notes.

      No holder of a Note will have the right to institute any  proceeding  with
respect to the  Indenture,  unless (i) such holder  previously  has given to the
Indenture  Trustee  written  notice of a continuing  Event of Default,  (ii) the
holders of not less than 25% in principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes have
made written  request of the Indenture  Trustee to institute such  proceeding in
its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such holder or holders have offered the
Indenture Trustee  reasonable  indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture Trustee has for 60
days failed to institute such proceeding and (v) no direction  inconsistent with
such written request has been given to the Indenture  Trustee during such 60-day
period by the  holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of such  outstanding
Notes.

      If an Event of Default  occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the
Indenture Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder notice of
the Event of Default  within 90 days  after it  occurs.  Except in the case of a
failure to pay principal of or interest on any Note,  the Indenture  Trustee may
withhold  the  notice  if and so  long  as it  determines  in  good  faith  that
withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

      In addition,  the  Indenture  Trustee and  Noteholders,  by accepting  the
Notes,  will  covenant  that they will not,  for a period of one year  after the
termination of the Indenture,  institute against the Affiliated  Purchaser,  the
Company or the Trust any bankruptcy,  reorganization  or other  proceeding under
any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

      Neither  the  Indenture  Trustee nor the Owner  Trustee in its  individual
capacity,  nor the Cash  Collateral  Depositor,  nor any holder of a Certificate
including,  without limitation, the Affiliated Purchaser or the Company, nor any
of  their  respective  owners,   beneficiaries,   agents,  officers,  directors,
employees, affiliates,  successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express
agreement to the contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the principal
of or interest on the Notes or for the agreements of the Trust  contained in the
Indenture.

                                       41
<PAGE>

      Certain  Covenants.   The  Indenture  provides  that  the  Trust  may  not
consolidate with or merge into any other entity, unless (i) the entity formed by
or surviving  such  consolidation  or merger is organized  under the laws of the
United States, any state or the District of Columbia, (ii) such entity expressly
assumes the Trust's  obligation to make due and punctual payments upon the Notes
and the  performance or observance of every  agreement and covenant of the Trust
under the  Indenture,  (iii) no Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing  immediately after such merger or  consolidation,  (iv) the Trust has
been advised that the rating of the related Notes or Certificates then in effect
would not be reduced or  withdrawn  by the Rating  Agencies  as a result of such
merger or consolidation, (v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and
security  interest  created by the Indenture  shall have been taken and (vi) the
Trust has  received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such  consolidation
or merger would have no material  adverse tax consequence to the Trust or to any
Noteholder or Certificateholder.

      The Trust will not, among other things, (i) except as expressly  permitted
by the  Indenture,  the  Purchase  Agreements  (as defined  herein) or the Trust
Documents  (as  defined  herein)  for such  Trust  (collectively,  the  "Related
Documents"),  sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets
of the Trust,  (ii) claim any credit on or make any deduction from the principal
and interest  payable in respect of the Notes (other than amounts withheld under
the Code or  applicable  state law) or assert any claim  against  any present or
former  holder of such Notes  because of the payment of taxes levied or assessed
upon the Trust, (iii) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part, (iv) permit the
validity or  effectiveness of the Indenture to be impaired or permit the lien of
the  Indenture  to  be  amended,  hypothecated,   subordinated,   terminated  or
discharged,  or  permit  any  person  to  be  released  from  any  covenants  or
obligations with respect to the related Notes under such Indenture except as may
be expressly  permitted thereby or (v) permit any lien, charge,  excise,  claim,
security  interest,  mortgage or other  encumbrance  (other than the lien of the
Indenture)  to be created on or extend to or otherwise  arise upon or burden the
assets of the Trust or any part thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds
thereof.

      The Trust will not incur,  assume or guarantee any indebtedness other than
indebtedness  incurred  pursuant to the Notes and the  Indenture or otherwise in
accordance with the Related Documents.

      Annual Compliance  Statement.  The Trust will be required to file annually
with the  Indenture  Trustee a written  statement as to the  fulfillment  of its
obligations under the Indenture.

      Indenture  Trustee's Annual Report. The Indenture Trustee will be required
to mail each year to all  Noteholders a brief report relating to its eligibility
and  qualification  to continue as Indenture  Trustee under the  Indenture,  any
amounts  advanced  by it under the  Indenture,  the  amount,  interest  rate and
maturity  date of  certain  indebtedness  owing by the  Trust  to the  Indenture
Trustee in its individual  capacity,  the property and funds  physically held by
the Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken by it that materially affects
the Notes and that has not been previously reported.

      Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.  The Indenture will be discharged
with respect to the  collateral  securing the related Notes upon the delivery to
the  Indenture  Trustee  for  cancellation  of all such Notes or,  with  certain
limitations, upon deposit with the Indenture Trustee of funds sufficient for the
payment in full of all of such Notes.

      The Indenture  Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee under the Indenture will be
Harris Trust and Savings Bank. The Indenture  Trustee may resign at any time, in
which event the  Servicer,  or its  successor,  will be  obligated  to appoint a
successor  trustee.  The Servicer may also remove the  Indenture  Trustee if the
Indenture  Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Indenture
or if the  Indenture  Trustee  becomes  insolvent.  In such  circumstances,  the
Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor  trustee.  Any  resignation or
removal of the Indenture Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee does not
become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor trustee.

     Trust  Indenture  Act.  The  Indenture  will  comply  with  all  applicable
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

                                       42
<PAGE>

                                THE CERTIFICATES

     The  Certificates  offered  hereby  will be  issued  pursuant  to the Trust
Agreement,  a form of which has been  filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus is a part.  The  following  summary does not
purport to be  complete  and is subject  to, and  qualified  in its  entirety by
reference to, the Trust Agreement. 

General

   
     The  CIT RV  Owner  Trust  1996-A  5.85%  Asset  Backed  Certificates  (the
"Certificates"  and, together with the Notes, the  "Securities")  will represent
fractional  undivided  interests in the Trust. The Trust will issue  $13,750,000
aggregate principal amount of Certificates pursuant to a Trust Agreement,  to be
dated as of February  1, 1996,  between  the Seller and the Owner  Trustee  (the
"Trust  Agreement"),  a form  of  which  will  be  filed  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement  of which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  A copy of the
Trust Agreement will be available from the Company,  upon request, to holders of
the Notes or  Certificates  and will be filed with the Commission  following the
issuance  of  the  Notes  and  the  Certificates.  Payments  in  respect  of the
Certificates will be subordinated to payments on the Notes to the limited extent
described  herein.   The  following  summary  describes  certain  terms  of  the
Certificates  and the  Trust  Agreement.  The  summary  does not  purport  to be
complete and is subject to, and is  qualified  in its entirety by reference  to,
all of the  provisions  of the  Certificates  and  the  Trust  Agreement.  Where
particular  provisions or terms used in the Trust Agreement are referred to, the
actual provisions (including definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference
as part of such summary.
    

      The Certificates will be offered for purchase in minimum  denominations of
$20,000 and integral  multiples of $1,000 in excess  thereof in book-entry  form
only;  provided,  however,  that one Certificate may be issued in a denomination
other than an integral multiple of $1,000 such that the Affiliated Purchaser may
be  issued  at  least  1% of the  Certificate  Balance.  The  Certificates  will
initially be represented by a single Certificate registered in the name of Cede,
the nominee of DTC. No person acquiring an interest in the Certificates  through
the  facilities  of DTC (a  "Certificate  Owner")  will be entitled to receive a
Definitive Certificate  representing such person's interest in the Certificates,
except  as  set  forth   below  under   "Certain   Information   Regarding   The
Securities--Definitive Securities". Unless and until Definitive Certificates are
issued under the limited  circumstances  described  herein,  all  references  to
actions  by  Certificateholders  shall  refer  to  actions  taken  by  DTC  upon
instructions from its Participants,  and all references herein to distributions,
notices,   reports  and   statements  to   Certificateholders   shall  refer  to
distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to DTC in accordance  with DTC
procedures.   See  "Certain  Information  Regarding  The  Securities--Definitive
Securities" below.

     Payments of interest  and princi pal on the  Certificates  with  respect to
each Due Period will be made on each  Distribution  Date,  commencing  March 15,
1996.  Payments on the Securities on each  Distribution Date will be made to the
holders of record of the related Securities on the related Record Date.

Distribution of Interest

   
     The  Certificates  will bear  interest  at the rate of 5.85% per annum (the
"Pass-Through Rate"). Interest on the Certificate Balance will accrue during the
related  Interest  Accrual Period at the Pass-Through  Rate.  Interest  accruing
during the related  Interest  Accrual Period (computed on the basis of a 360-day
year consisting of twelve 30-day months) will be paid to the  Certificateholders
of record on the related Record Date, on each  Distribution  Date, to the extent
of the  Available  Amount on such  Distribution  Date (i) in an amount  equal to
one-twelfth of the product of the Pass-Through Rate and the Certificate Balance,
as of the preceding  Distribution  Date (after giving effect to distributions of
principal and interest to be made on such Distribution Date) or (ii) in the case
of the first  Distribution  Date, in an amount equal to interest accruing at the
Pass-Through Rate from February 15, 1996 to but excluding the first Distribution
Date,  on  the  Original   Certificate   Balance  (the   "Certificate   Interest
Distribution Amount"). Interest accrued as of any Distribution Date but not paid
on such Distribution Date will be due on the next Distribution  Date. The rights
of  Certificateholders to receive distributions of interest will be subordinated
to the rights of the  Noteholders  to receive  payment in full of all amounts of
interest and  principal  which the  Noteholders  are entitled to be paid on such
Distribution Date. Interest to Certificateholders  may be provided from payments
from the Cash Collateral Account, to the extent of the Available Cash Collateral
Amount, in the event there are not sufficient funds (after  reimbursement to the
Servicer for reimbursable Monthly Advances,  and payment of the Servicer Payment
to the Servicer and interest and  principal on the Notes) to make such  payments
from  payments  made  by or on  behalf  of the  Obligors  or in  respect  of the
Contracts,  including Monthly Advances and Non-Reimbursable Payments made by the
Servicer.
    

                                       43
<PAGE>

Distribution of Principal

      On  each   Distribution   Date   prior  to  the   Cross-Over   Date,   the
Certificateholders will not be entitled to any payments of principal,  except to
the extent of the Principal Liquidation Loss Amount.

     On each  Distribution  Date on and after the Cross-Over Date,  principal of
the Certificates will be payable,  subject to the remaining Available Amount and
the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount,  in an amount  equal to the  Principal
Distribution  Amount for the related Due Period. Such principal payments will be
funded to the extent of the Available  Amount  remaining  after the Servicer has
been paid the Servicer Payment, and payment of interest and principal in respect
of the Notes, if any, and interest in respect to the  Certificates has been made
or, to the extent such Available Amount is insufficient,  will be funded through
a payment from the Cash  Collateral  Account to the extent of the Available Cash
Collateral Amount. The rights of  Certificateholders to receive distributions of
interest and principal  will be  subordinated  to the rights of  Noteholders  to
receive  distributions  of interest and  principal  and to the extent  described
herein. The principal balance of the Certificates,  to the extent not previously
paid, will be due on the  Certificate  Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date. The
actual  date  on  which  the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount  of  the
Certificates  is paid  may be  earlier  than  the  Certificate  Final  Scheduled
Distribution Date based on a variety of factors.

     On  each   Distribution   Date   prior   to  the   Cross-Over   Date,   the
Certificateholders  will  be  entitled  to  receive,  subject  to the  remaining
Available  Amount  and the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount,  the  Principal
Liquidation Loss Amount for such Distribution Date. Such principal payments will
be funded to the extent of the Available Amount remaining after the Servicer has
been paid the Servicer Payment,  the principal and interest due on the Notes has
been paid and the interest on the  Certificates  has been paid, or to the extent
such  remaining  Available  Amount is  insufficient,  will be  funded  through a
payment from the Cash  Collateral  Account to the extent of the  Available  Cash
Collateral Amount. The "Principal  Liquidation Loss Amount" for any Distribution
Date  will  equal  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which  the  sum of the  aggregate
outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes and the Certificate  Balance (after
giving  effect to all  distributions  of  principal on such  Distribution  Date)
exceeds the sum of the Pool Balance plus the amounts remaining on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account,  if any,  at the close of  business on the last day of the
related Due Period.  The Principal  Liquidation  Loss Amount  represents  future
principal  payments on the Contracts that,  because of the  subordination of the
Certificates  and liquidation  losses on the Contracts,  will not be paid to the
Certificateholders. See "--Credit Enhancement" below.

Redemption

      The  Certificates  will be redeemed in part,  on a pro rata basis,  on the
Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period
in the event that any portion of the Pre-Funded Amount remains on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account  after  giving  effect to the  purchase  of all  Subsequent
Contracts,  including  any such purchase on such date.  The aggregate  principal
amount  of the  Certificates  to be  redeemed  will be an  amount  equal  to the
Pre-Funded  Percentage  allocable  to the  Certificates  of the  amount  then on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

      In the event of an Optional  Purchase or Auction  Sale,  the  Certificates
will be redeemed at a  redemption  price equal to the  Certificate  Balance plus
accrued interest thereon at the Pass-Through  Rate. An Optional  Purchase of all
the Contracts by CITSF, may occur at CITSF's option,  on any  Distribution  Date
following  any  Record  Date on  which  the Pool  Balance  is 10% or less of the
Initial Pool Balance (as hereinafter defined). An Auction Sale will occur at any
time, and may result in the sale of the Contracts remaining in the Trust, within
ten days  following a  Distribution  Date following the Record Date on which the
Pool Balance is 5% or less of the Initial Pool Balance.

      If an Insolvency  Event with respect to the Affiliated  Purchaser  occurs,
the Indenture Trustee (or, if no Notes are outstanding,  the Owner Trustee) will
promptly sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Contracts in a commercially
reasonable manner on commercially reasonable terms, except under certain limited
circumstances.  The proceeds from any such sale,  disposition  or liquidation of
the Contracts  will be treated as  collections on the Contracts and deposited in
the Collection  Account.  If the proceeds from the  liquidation of the Contracts
and any amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution  Account and the Certificate
Distribution  Account are not  sufficient to pay the Notes and  Certificates  in
full, distributions will be made first, to the payment of interest and principal
on the Notes and  second,  to the  payment  of  interest  and  principal  on the
Certificates.   In  such  event,  the  amount  of  principal   returned  to  the
Certificateholders  will be  reduced  and such  Certificateholders  will incur a

                                       44
<PAGE>

loss, except to the extent of payments, subject to the Available Cash Collateral
Amount, made to the Certificateholders from the Cash Collateral Account.

Credit Enhancement

      Subordination of Certificates. The rights of Certificateholders to receive
distributions  of  interest  and  principal  are  subordinated  to the rights of
Noteholders to receive  payment in full of all amounts of interest and principal
to which the  Noteholders  are  entitled to receive on the related  Distribution
Date.  Consequently,  no distribution will be made to the  Certificateholders on
any  Distribution  Date in  respect  of (i)  interest  until the full  amount of
interest and  principal on the Class A Notes payable on such  Distribution  Date
has been  distributed to the Class A  Noteholders,  other than payments from the
Cash  Collateral  Account,  and (ii) principal until the Class A Notes have been
paid in full, other than  distributions in respect of the Principal  Liquidation
Loss Amount.

      Cash Collateral Account.  The only credit enhancement for the Certificates
is the Cash  Collateral  Account.  With respect to any  Distribution  Date,  the
amount available to be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral  Account as payment to
the Certificateholders will not exceed the Available Cash Collateral Amount. The
Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount  will be reduced by  payments  from the Cash
Collateral  Account  required to be made to the Cash  Collateral  Depositor  (as
hereinafter  defined) pursuant to the Cash Collateral  Agreement (as hereinafter
defined) and  payments  previously  made  therefrom  to  Certificateholders  and
generally  will be reduced as the Pool  Balance is  reduced.  See "The  Purchase
Agreements  and  The  Trust   Documents--Credit   Enhancement--Cash   Collateral
Account." At any time that the Available Cash Collateral Amount is zero, holders
of Certificates  will bear the risk of all  liquidation  losses on the Defaulted
Contracts and may suffer a loss. The Certificate  Balance will be reduced to the
extent that prior to the Cross-Over Date  distributions  are not made in respect
of the Principal Loss  Liquidation  Amount and on or after the  Cross-Over  Date
distributions are not made in respect of the Principal Distribution Amount. As a
result of such reductions,  less interest will accrue on the  Certificates  than
would otherwise be the case.

                  CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES

Book-Entry Registration

      Persons  acquiring  beneficial  ownership  interests in the Securities may
hold their  interests  through  DTC in the United  States or, in the case of the
Notes, Cedel or Euroclear in Europe and persons acquiring  beneficial  ownership
interests in the Certificates may hold their interests  through DTC.  Securities
will be registered  in the name of Cede as nominee for DTC.  Cedel and Euroclear
will  hold  omnibus  positions  with  respect  to the  Notes on  behalf of Cedel
Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants,   respectively,  through  customers'
securities  accounts  in  Cedel's  and  Euroclear's  name on the  books of their
respective  depositories  (collectively,  the "Depositories") which in turn will
hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the Depositories' names
on the  books  of  DTC.  For  additional  information  regarding  clearance  and
settlement procedures see Annex I hereto.

      DTC is a  limited-purpose  trust company  organized  under the laws of the
State  of New  York,  a  member  of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  a  "clearing
corporation"  within the meaning of the New York Uniform  Commercial Code, and a
"clearing  agency"  registered  pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  DTC accepts  securities  for deposit from its
participating  organizations  ("Participants") and facilitates the clearance and
settlement of securities  transactions  between  Participants in such securities
through electronic  book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include
securities  brokers and dealers  (including the  Underwriters),  banks and trust
companies and clearing corporations and may include certain other organizations.
Indirect  access to the DTC system is also  available  to others  such as banks,
brokers,  dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship  with a  Participant,  either  directly  or  indirectly  ("Indirect
Participants").

      Security  Owners who are not  Participants  or Indirect  Participants  but
desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of Securities may do so
only through Participants or Indirect  Participants (unless and until Definitive
Securities  are  issued).   In  addition,   Security  Owners  will  receive  all
distributions  of principal and interest on the  Securities  through DTC and its
Participants.  Under a book-entry  format,  Security  Owners may experience some
delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will be forwarded by the
Trustees to Cede,  as nominee for DTC.  DTC will  forward  such  payments to its
Participants  which  thereafter  will forward them to Indirect  Participants  or
Security Owners.  It is anticipated that the only "Holder" or  "Securityholder,"
as such terms are used herein,  will be Cede, as nominee of DTC. Security Owners
will not be recognized by the Trustees as Securityholders,  as such term will be
used,  in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  and Security  Owners will only be

                                       45
<PAGE>

permitted to exercise the rights of  Securityholders  indirectly through DTC and
its  Participants.  Security  Owners  will not receive or be entitled to receive
Definitive  Notes  or  Definitive  Certificates  representing  their  respective
interests in the Securities,  except under the limited  circumstances  described
below.

      Transfers  between  Participants  will occur in accordance with DTC Rules.
Transfers  between Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

      Because of time zone differences,  credits of securities received in Cedel
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made during
subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following
the DTC settlement  date,  such credits or any  transactions  in such securities
settled  during such  processing  will be reported to the relevant  Euroclear or
Cedel  Participants on such business day. Cash received in Cedel or Euroclear as
result of sales of  Securities  by or through a Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant  to a DTC  Participant  will  be  received  with  value  on the  DTC
settlement  date but will be available in the relevant  Cedel or Euroclear  cash
account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

      Cross-market  transfers  between  persons  directly or indirectly  holding
Notes  through DTC, on the one hand,  and directly or  indirectly  through Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  Rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing system by its Depository;  however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterpart  in such  system  in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established  deadline  (European  time).  The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement  requirements,  deliver instructions to its Depository to take action
to effect final  settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving  securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same day funds  settlement  applicable to DTC. Cedel  Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions to the Depositories.

      While the  Securities  are  outstanding  (except  under the  circumstances
described  below),  under the rules,  regulations  and  procedures  creating and
affecting DTC and its operations (the "DTC Rules"), DTC will be required to make
book-entry  transfers among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to
the  Notes  and  Certificates  and will be  required  to  receive  and  transmit
distributions  of principal  and interest on the  Securities.  Participants  and
Indirect  Participants  with which Security Owners have accounts with respect to
the  Securities  will be similarly  required to make  book-entry  transfers  and
receive  and  transmit  such  payments  on behalf of their  respective  Security
Owners.

      Because  DTC can only act on  behalf of  Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants, the ability of a Security Owner to pledge Notes
or  Certificates  to  persons or  entities  that do not  participate  in the DTC
system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such Securities,  may be limited
due to the lack of physical certificates for such Securities.

      Cedel is  incorporated  under  the laws of  Luxembourg  as a  professional
depository.  Cedel holds securities for its participating  organizations ("Cedel
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between Cedel Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of Cedel  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in Cedel in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  Cedel  provides  to its  Cedel
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities
lending  and  borrowing.  Cedel  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional  depository,  Cedel is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  Cedel  Participants  are recognized  financial
institutions around the world,  including  underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing  corporations  and  certain  other
organizations.  Indirect  access to Cedel is also  available to others,  such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Cedel Participant, either directly or indirectly.

      The  Euroclear  System  was  created  in 1968 to hold  securities  for its
participants  ("Euroclear  Participants")  and to clear and settle  transactions
between  Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous   electronic  book-entry
delivery against payment,  thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and
cash.  Transactions  may be settled in any of 32  currencies,  including  United
States dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services,  including
securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market  transfers with
DTC described above.  The Euroclear System is operated by the Brussels,  Belgium
Office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the "Euroclear Operator" or
"Euroclear"),  under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems,  S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation (the "Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the

                                       46
<PAGE>

Euroclear  Operator,   and  all  Euroclear  securities  clearance  accounts  and
Euroclear  cash  accounts are accounts  with the  Euroclear  Operators,  not the
Cooperative.  The  Cooperative  establishes  policy for the Euroclear  System on
behalf of the dealers and other professional financial intermediaries.  Indirect
access to Euroclear is also  available  to other firms that clear  thorough,  or
maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participant,  either directly
or indirectly.

      The  Euroclear  Operator  is the  Belgian  branch  of a New  York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

      Securities  clearance  accounts  and  cash  accounts  with  the  Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively,  the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities  and cash within the Euroclear  System,  withdrawals  of
securities  and cash from the  Euroclear  System,  and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in  Euroclear.  All  securities in Euroclear are held on a
fungible  basis  without  attribution  of  specific   certificates  to  specific
securities  clearance accounts.  The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and
Conditions  only on behalf  of  Euroclear  Participants  and has no record of or
relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

      Distributions  with respect to Notes held through Cedel or Euroclear  will
be credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants
in accordance  with the relevant  system's rules and  procedures,  to the extent
received by its Depository.  Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting
in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. Cedel or the
Euroclear Operator,  as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to
be taken by a  beneficial  holder of Notes  under the  Indenture  on behalf of a
Cedel Participant or Euroclear  Participant only in accordance with its relevant
rules and  procedures  and  subject to its  Depository's  ability to effect such
actions on its behalf through DTC.

      Unless and until Definitive Securities are issued, Security Owners who are
not Participants may transfer  ownership of Notes and Certificates  only through
Participants  by  instructing  such  Participants  to  transfer  such  Notes and
Certificates,  by  book-entry  transfer,  through  DTC  for the  account  of the
purchasers of such Securities, which account is maintained with their respective
Participants.   Under  the  DTC  Rules  and  in  accordance  with  DTC's  normal
procedures,  transfers of ownership of Securities  will be executed  through DTC
and the  accounts  of the  respective  Participants  at DTC will be debited  and
credited. Similarly, the respective Participants will make debits or credits, as
the case may be,  on their  records  on  behalf of the  selling  and  purchasing
Securities Owners.

      DTC has  advised  the  Company  and the  Trustees  that,  unless and until
Definitive Securities are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken
by a Securityholder under the Sale and Servicing Agreement only at the direction
of one or more  Participants  to whose DTC accounts the Securities are credited.
DTC may take  conflicting  actions with respect to other undivided  interests to
the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of Participants  whose holdings
include such undivided interests.

      NEITHER  THE  TRUST,  THE  SELLER,  THE  SERVICER,   CIT,  THE  AFFILIATED
PURCHASER,  THE  OWNER  TRUSTEE,  THE  INDENTURE  TRUSTEE,  THE CASH  COLLATERAL
DEPOSITOR NOR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS WILL HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY OR OBLIGATION
TO ANY PARTICIPANTS, CEDEL PARTICIPANTS OR EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS OR THE PERSONS
FOR WHOM THEY ACT AS NOMINEES  WITH  RESPECT TO (1) THE  ACCURACY OF ANY RECORDS
MAINTAINED BY DTC, CEDEL, EUROCLEAR OR ANY PARTICIPANT,  (2) THE PAYMENT BY DTC,
CEDEL, EUROCLEAR OR ANY PARTICIPANT OF ANY AMOUNT DUE TO ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER IN
RESPECT OF THE  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT OF, OR INTEREST  ON, THE  SECURITIES,  (3) THE
DELIVERY BY ANY PARTICIPANT,  CEDEL PARTICIPANT OR EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANT OF ANY
NOTICE TO ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER WHICH IS REQUIRED OR PERMITTED UNDER THE TERMS OF
THE INDENTURE OR THE TRUST AGREEMENT TO BE GIVEN TO  SECURITYHOLDERS  OR (4) ANY
OTHER ACTION TAKEN BY DTC AS THE SECURITYHOLDER.

Definitive Securities

      The  Notes  and   Certificates   will  be  issued  in  fully   registered,
certificated   form   ("Definitive   Notes"   and   "Definitive   Certificates",
respectively, and, together "Definitive Securities") to Security Owners or their
nominees,  rather than to DTC or its nominee,  only if (i) the Servicer  advises
the  Trustees  in writing  that DTC is no longer  willing  or able to  discharge

                                       47
<PAGE>

properly its  responsibilities  as Depository with respect to the Securities and
the Trustees or the Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the
Servicer,  at its option,  elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC
or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default or an Event of Termination,
Note Owners and Certificate Owners representing in the aggregate not less than a
majority of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes or the Certificate
Balance advise DTC through  Participants  in writing that the  continuation of a
book-entry system through DTC (or a successor  thereto) is no longer in the best
interest of such Note Owners or Certificate Owners.

      Upon the  occurrence  of any of the events  described  in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the Trustee is required to notify DTC of the availability
of Definitive  Securities.  Upon surrender by DTC of the global notes and global
certificates  representing  the  Notes and  Certificates  and  instructions  for
re-registration,  the Trustee will issue the Notes as  Definitive  Notes and the
Certificates  as  Definitive  Certificates,  and  thereafter  the  Trustee  will
recognize the holders of such  Definitive  Notes and Definitive  Certificates as
Noteholders and Certificateholders,  respectively,  under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement  ("Noteholders" and  "Certificateholders"  respectively,  and together
"Securityholders" or "Holders").

      Distributions   of  principal  of  the  Securities  and  interest  on  the
Securities  will be made by the Trustee  directly to Holders in accordance  with
the  procedures  set  forth  herein  and in the  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.
Distributions of principal and interest on each  Distribution  Date will be made
to Holders in whose  names the  Definitive  Securities  were  registered  on the
Record Date. Such  distributions  will be made by check mailed to the address of
such  Holder as it  appears on the  register  maintained  by the  Trustee or the
Security  Registrar.  The final payment on any  Securities  (whether  Definitive
Securities or the  Securities  registered in the name of Cede  representing  the
Securities),  however, will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such
Note or  Certificate  at the office or agency  specified  in the notice of final
distribution to Holders.

      Definitive Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices
of the  Trustee.  No service  charge  will be imposed  for any  registration  of
transfer or exchange, but the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

   
List of Securityholders
    

      If Definitive  Certificates have been issued, the Owner Trustee will, upon
written  request  by  three  or  more   Certificateholders   or  by  holders  of
Certificates  evidencing not less than 25% of the  Certificate  Balance,  within
five (5) Business Days afford such  Certificateholders  access  during  business
hours to the current list of  Certificateholders  for purposes of  communicating
with other  Certificateholders  with  respect to their rights under the Purchase
Agreements and the Trust Documents (provided such  Certificateholders  (i) state
that they wish to  communicate  with other  Certificateholders  with  respect to
their  rights under the Purchase  Agreements,  the Trust  Documents or under the
Certificates  and (ii) provide the Trustee and the  Servicer  with a copy of the
proposed  communication).  The Purchase  Agreements and Trust Documents will not
provide for the holding of any annual or other meetings of Certificateholders.

      If Definitive  Notes have been issued,  the Indenture  Trustee will,  upon
written request by three or more  Noteholders or by holders of Notes  evidencing
not less than 25% of the aggregate  principal balance of the Notes,  within five
(5) Business Days afford such  Noteholders  access during  business hours to the
current list of Noteholders for purposes of communicating with other Noteholders
with respect to their rights under the Indenture  (provided such Noteholders (i)
state that they wish to communicate with other Noteholders with respect to their
rights  under the  Indenture  and (ii)  provide  the  Indenture  Trustee and the
Servicer  with a copy of the proposed  communication).  The  Indenture  will not
provide for the holding of any annual or other meetings of Noteholders.

Statements to Securityholders

      On  each   Distribution   Date,   the  Servicer  will  include  with  each
distribution  to each  Securityholder  a statement,  setting forth the following
information for the related Due Period:

          (i) the amount of collections on the Contracts  during the immediately
     preceding Due Period;

          (ii) the Available Amount for payment of all amounts  distributable in
     respect of the Securities and Servicing Fee;

          (iii) the amount of the  distribution  allocable  to  principal of the
     Notes and to the  Certificate  Balance of the  Certificates,  including any
     overdue principal;

                                       48
<PAGE>

          (iv) the amount of the  distribution  allocable to interest on or with
     respect to each class of Securities, including any overdue interest;

          (v) the Pool Balance,  the Note Pool Factor and the  Certificate  Pool
     Factor as of the end of the related Due Period;

          (vi) the  Servicing  Fee for the  related Due  Period,  including  any
     overdue Servicing Fee;

          (vii) the amount of Monthly Advances and Non-Reimbursable  Payments on
     such date;

          (viii) the amount, if any,  withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account
     and distributed to the Certificateholders with respect to such Distribution
     Date;

          (ix) the Available Cash Collateral Amount,  after giving effect to any
     deposit to or withdrawal from the Cash  Collateral  Account with respect to
     such  Distribution  Date, and such amount  expressed as a percentage of the
     Pool Balance;

          (x) the  aggregate  principal  balance  of all  Contracts  which  were
     delinquent 30, 60 and 90 days or more as of the last day of the related Due
     Period;

          (xi) the amount of  investment  earnings,  net  losses and  investment
     expenses on amounts on deposit in the Collection Account;

          (xii) during the Funding Period, the amount of funds on deposit in the
     Pre-Funding Account;

          (xiii) during the Funding Period,  the number and aggregate  principal
     balance of Subsequent Contracts;

          (xiv) during the Funding  Period,  the number and aggregate  principal
     balance of Subsequent Contracts purchased by the Trust since the preceeding
     Distribution Date;

          (xv) during the Funding Period, the amount, if any, withdrawn from the
     Capitalized   Interest   Account  to  make  payments  of  interest  on  the
     Securities;

          (xvi) during the Funding  Period,  the amount  remaining on deposit in
     the Capitalized Interest Account;

          (xvii) during the Funding Period,  the amount of investment  earnings,
     net of  losses  and  investment  expenses  on  amounts  on  deposit  in the
     Pre-Funding Account;

          (xviii) during the Funding Period, the amount of investment  earnings,
     net of  losses  and  investment  expenses  on  amounts  on  deposit  in the
     Capitalized Interest Account;

          (xix) on the Distribution  Date  immediately  following the end of the
     Funding  Period (or if the Funding  Period ends on a  Distribution  Date on
     such Distribution  Date), the aggregate  principal amount and percentage of
     each of the Notes and Certificates which are being redeemed;

          (xx) the amount,  if any, by which the amount due to be distributed to
     Noteholders and Certificateholders exceeds the actual amount distributed on
     the  related  Distribution  Date  to  Noteholders  and  Certificateholders,
     respectively;

          (xxi) the aggregate  principal  balance of all Contracts  which became
     Defaulted Contracts during the related Due Period;

          (xxii) the number and aggregate  principal  amount of Contracts  which
     were prepaid, in part or in whole, during the related Due Period;

          (xxiii) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes as of
     such  Distribution  Date after giving effect to any  distributions  on such
     Distribution Date;

          (xxiv) the  Certificate  Balance as of such  Distribution  Date (after
     giving effect to any distributions on such Distribution Date); and

          (xxv) the Required Cash Collateral Amount.

          (xxvi) the  amount of the  surplus to be  distributed  the  Affiliated
     Purchaser  after all payments  have been made in respect of the  Securities
     and the Servicing Fee has been paid.

      Within a reasonable  period of time after the end of each  calendar  year,
but not later than the  latest  date  permitted  by law  (where  applicable  law
specifies  such date),  the Servicer will furnish to each person who at any time
during  such  calendar  year  shall  have  been  a  Securityholder  a  statement
containing the relevant  amounts  described above for such calendar year for the
purposes of such Securityholder's preparation of federal income tax returns. See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."

                                       49
<PAGE>

                 THE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND THE TRUST DOCUMENTS

     The following summary describes certain terms of the Purchase Agreement and
any Subsequent Purchase Agreement (together,  the "Purchase Agreements") and the
Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  any Subsequent Transfer Agreements and the Trust
Agreement  (together,  the "Trust Documents").  Forms of the Purchase Agreements
and the  Trust  Documents  have  been  filed  as  exhibits  to the  Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part. This summary does not purport
to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to,
all of the provisions of the Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents.

Sale and Assignment of the Contracts

     On or prior to the Closing Date and each Subsequent Transfer Date, pursuant
to the Purchase Agreement or a Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement,  as the case may
be,  between  CITSF and the Company,  CITSF will sell and assign to the Company,
without  recourse,  its entire  interest  in and to the  Initial  Contracts  and
Subsequent  Contracts,  respectively,  including  its security  interests in the
related  Financed  Vehicles.  On the Closing Date and each  Subsequent  Transfer
Date, the Company will sell and assign to the Owner Trustee,  without  recourse,
all of its right,  title and interest in and to such  Contracts,  including  its
security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles.  Certain of the Contracts will be
purchased  by CITSF from  CITCF-NY  before  they are sold to the  Company.  Each
Contract will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to each of the
Purchase  Agreement  and  the  Sale  and  Servicing   Agreement  (the  "List  of
Contracts")  which  includes,  among other things,  the Contract  Rate,  Initial
Cut-off Date Principal  Balance and date of the last scheduled  payment for each
Contract.  The Owner Trustee or its  designated  agent (which may be The Bank of
New  York)  will,  concurrently  with  the sale and  assignment  of the  Initial
Contracts  to  it  pursuant  to  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  execute,
authenticate  and deliver the Notes and  Certificates to the Company in exchange
for the Initial Contracts.  The Company will sell the Notes and the Certificates
to the Underwriters.

     CITSF will make  certain  representations  and  warranties  in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  with  respect to each  Initial  Contract as of the Closing
Date,  including  that (i) as of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date,  the  most  recent
scheduled  payment of  principal  and  interest  was made by or on behalf of the
related  Obligor or was not delinquent more than 30 days; (ii) no provision of a
Contract  has been  waived,  altered  or  modified  in any  respect,  except  by
instruments or documents  contained in the Contract File; (iii) each Contract is
a legal,  valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor and is enforceable
in  accordance  with its  terms  (except  as may be  limited  by laws  affecting
creditors' rights generally); (iv) no right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim
or defense,  including  the defense of usury,  has been asserted with respect to
any Contract;  (v) the Obligor on each Contract is required to maintain physical
damage  insurance  covering  the related  Financed  Vehicle in  accordance  with
CITSF's  normal  requirements  or, if not so  covered,  is  covered by a blanket
insurance  policy  maintained  by  CITSF  and  the  Servicer  has  not  obtained
Force-Placed  Insurance (as  hereinafter  defined) with respect to any Contract;
(vi) each  Contract  was  originated  by a Dealer and was  purchased by CITSF or
CITCF-NY  in the  ordinary  course  of  its  business;  (vii)  no  Contract  was
originated  in or is  subject to the laws of any  jurisdiction  whose laws would
make the transfer of the Contract to the Company  under the Purchase  Agreement,
to the Trust  pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or  pursuant to a
transfer of the Notes and Certificates, or the ownership of the Contracts by the
Trust,  unlawful;  (viii) each Contract complies with all requirements of law in
all material  respects;  (ix) no Contract has been  satisfied,  subordinated  in
whole or in part or  rescinded,  and no Financed  Vehicle has been released from
the lien of the related  Contract in whole or in part; (x) each Contract creates
a valid and  enforceable  first  priority  security  interest in favor of CITSF,
CITCF-NY or the related Dealer in the Financed  Vehicle  covered  thereby (which
security  interest,  if in favor of the  related  Dealer or  CITCF-NY,  has been
assigned to CITSF),  such  security  interest has been  assigned by CITSF to the
Company and by the Company to the Trust,  and all necessary  action with respect
to such Contract has been taken to perfect the security  interest in the related
Financed  Vehicle  in  favor  of CITSF or  CITCF-NY;  (xi) all  parties  to each
Contract had capacity to execute such Contract; (xii) no Contract has been sold,
assigned  or pledged by CITSF to any person  other than the  Company  (or by the
Company to any person  other than the Trust) and,  prior to the  transfer of the
Contracts by CITSF to the Company and the transfer thereof by the Company to the
Trust, CITSF or the Company, respectively, had good and marketable title to each
Contract,    free    and    clear    of    any    encumbrance,   equity,   loan,
pledge,   charge,   claim  or    security    interest,   and     was    the sole
owner    and    had    full   right   to   transfer   such   Contract  to    the
Company and the Trust,  respectively;   (xiii)  as of the Initial Cut-off  Date,


                                       50
<PAGE>

there was no default,  breach,  violation or event permitting acceleration under
any Contract and, no event which with notice and the  expiration of any grace or
cure period would  constitute a default,  breach,  violation or event permitting
acceleration under such Contract (except for payment delinquencies  permitted by
clause (i)  above),  and CITSF has not waived any of the  foregoing  (except for
payment  delinquencies  permitted by clause (i) above);  (xiv) there are, to the
best of CITSF's  knowledge,  no liens or claims  which have been filed for work,
labor or materials  affecting a Financed Vehicle securing a Contract,  which are
or may be liens prior to or equal or  coordinate  with the lien of the Contract;
(xv) each  Contract  is a  fully-amortizing  loan with  interest  at the  stated
Contract Rate and provides for level  payments  over the term of such  Contract;
(xvi) each Contract  contains  customary and  enforceable  provisions such as to
render the rights and remedies of the holder  thereof  adequate for  realization
against the collateral of the benefits of the security (except as may be limited
by creditors'  rights  generally);  (xvii) the  description of each Contract set
forth in the List of  Contracts  is true and correct as of its date;  (xviii) no
Obligor is the United States of America or any state or any agency,  department,
instrumentality or political subdivision thereof; (xix) if the Obligor is in the
military  (including  an Obligor who is a member of the National  Guard or is in
the reserves)  and the Contract is subject to the  Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil
Relief Act of 1940, as amended (the  "Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act"),
or the California Military Reservist Relief Act of 1991 (the "Military Reservist
Relief Act"),  such Obligor  (each, a "Relief Act Obligor") has not made a claim
to CITSF that (A) the amount of interest on the Contract should be limited to 6%
pursuant to the  Soldiers'  and  Sailors'  Civil Relief Act during the period of
such  Obligor's  active duty status or (B)  payments on the  Contract  should be
delayed  pursuant to the Military  Reservist Relief Act, in either case unless a
court has ordered  otherwise upon  application of CITSF;  (xx) there is only one
original  executed  copy of  each  Contract,  which,  immediately  prior  to the
execution of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  was in the possession of CITSF;
(xxi) the  Contract  is "chattel  paper" as defined in the New Jersey  UCC;  and
(xxii) the Contract  satisfies the selection criteria discussed above under "The
Contract Pool--General".

     The  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  will  require  CITSF  to make on each
Subsequent Transfer Date the same representations and warranties with respect to
each  individual  Subsequent  Contract as it is required to make with respect to
each Initial Contract sold to the Trust except that each such representation and
warranty  shall  be made as of the  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date  relating  to such
Subsequent  Contract.  In addition,  no Subsequent  Contract will be sold to the
Trust on a Subsequent  Transfer Date unless such Subsequent  Contract  satisfies
the  criteria  described  under  the  heading  "The  Contract  Pool--Pre-Funding
Account;  Capitalized  Interest Account." The Subsequent  Financed Vehicles will
consist  of motor  homes,  travel  trailers  and  other  types  of  recreational
vehicles.

     Under the terms of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and subject to certain
conditions  specified  in the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  CITSF  will  be
obligated to purchase for the Purchase Price (as defined below) any Contract not
later than 90 days after CITSF becomes aware,  or 85 days after CITSF's  receipt
of  written  notice  from  either  Trustee or the  Servicer,  of a breach of any
representation or warranty of CITSF in the Sale and Servicing Agreement referred
to in the two preceding  paragraphs  that  materially and adversely  affects the
Trust's interest in such Contract if such breach has not been cured. CITSF shall
effect such purchase by depositing  the Purchase  Price for such Contract in the
Collection  Account on the date  specified in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.
The "Purchase  Price" for any Contract will be the  remaining  principal  amount
outstanding  on such  Contract on the date of purchase,  plus 30 days'  interest
thereon in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the product of  one-twelfth  of the
weighted  average  of the  Pass-Through  Rate  and of the  Class A Rate  and the
remaining  principal  amount  outstanding  on the  Contract and (ii) accrued and
unpaid  Servicing  Fees  thereon at the  Servicing  Fee Rate to the date of such
purchase.  This purchase obligation constitutes the sole remedy available to the
Trust and the  Securityholders  for a breach of a  representation  and  warranty
under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  with respect to the Contracts  (but not
with respect to any other breach by CITSF of its obligations  under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement).

     To reduce  administrative  costs,  the Trust will  appoint the  Servicer as
initial  custodian  of the  Contracts.  The  Contracts  will not be  stamped  or
otherwise  marked to  reflect  the  transfer  of the  Contracts  by CITSF to the
Company and by the  Company to the Trust,  and will not be  segregated  from the
other  installment  sale  contracts  of CITSF.  CITSF's  accounting  records and
computer  systems will reflect the sale and assignment of the Contracts by CITSF
to the  Company and by the Company to the Trust,  and UCC  financing  statements
perfecting  such sale and  assignment  will be  filed.  The  Obligors  under the
Contracts  will not be notified of the transfer of the  Contracts to the Company
or to the Trust. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts".


                                       51
<PAGE>

     CITSF,  the Company and the Trust will treat each of the  transfers  of the
Contracts from CITSF to the Company and from the Company to the Trust as a sale.
As a result  of the sale of the  Contracts  by CITSF to the  Company  and by the
Company to the  Trust,  the  Contracts  will not be part of the assets of either
CITSF or the Company and should not be available to their respective  creditors.
However,  in the event of the insolvency of CITSF or the Company, it is possible
that a trustee in  bankruptcy,  conservator  or receiver  for, or a creditor of,
CITSF or the Company, as the case may be, may argue that the transaction between
CITSF and the Company or between the Company and the Trust,  as the case may be,
was a pledge of the  Contracts to secure a loan,  rather than a true sale.  This
position,  if  asserted,  could  prevent  timely  payments of amounts due on the
Certificates  and, if accepted by the court,  may result in delays or reductions
in  distributions  of  principal  and interest on such  Securities.  Because the
Contracts will remain in CITSF's possession and will not be stamped or otherwise
marked to reflect the sale and assignment to the Trust,  the Trust's interest in
the Contracts could be defeated, if a subsequent purchaser were to take physical
possession of the Contracts  without  knowledge of the sale and assignment.  See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts". 

Accounts

     The Servicer will establish and maintain with the Indenture  Trustee one or
more accounts, in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders
and  Certificateholders,  into which all payments made on or with respect to the
Contracts  will be deposited  (the  "Collection  Account") by the Servicer.  The
Servicer will  establish  and maintain with the Indenture  Trustee an account in
the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, in which amounts
released  from the  Collection  Account for payment to the  Noteholders  will be
deposited  and from which  distributions  to the  Noteholders  will be made (the
"Note Distribution Account").  The Servicer will establish and maintain with the
Owner  Trustee  (or its  designated  agent) an  account in the name of the Owner
Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders,  in which amounts released from the
Collection   Account  and  the  Cash  Collateral  Account  for  payment  to  the
Certificateholders  will  be  deposited  and  from  which  distributions  to the
Certificateholders will be made (the "Certificate Distribution Account").

     The Servicer will establish and maintain with an Eligible  Institution  (as
defined  below),  initially  the Owner  Trustee (or its  designated  agent),  an
account in the name of the Owner Trustee,  in which the Initial Cash  Collateral
Amount  will be  deposited  and  from  which  payments  will be made  (i) to the
Certificate  Distribution  Account for  distribution to the  Certificateholders,
(ii) to the Cash Collateral Depositor and (iii) to the Affiliated Purchaser,  as
set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Cash Collateral Agreement.
Amounts held in the  Certificate  Distribution  Account and the Cash  Collateral
Account will not be available to make payments of amounts due on the Notes,  and
will not be pledged to the  Indenture  Trustee as  collateral  security  for the
Notes.

     An "Eligible  Institution"  means either (i) the corporate trust department
of the Owner Trustee,  the Indenture  Trustee or any paying agent satisfying the
criteria  under  the  Trust  Agreement  or  Indenture  as  applicable  or (ii) a
depository  institution or trust company  organized under the laws of the United
States or any  state,  the  deposits  of which are  insured  to the full  extent
permitted  by law by the Bank  Insurance  Fund  (currently  administered  by the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation),  which is subject to supervision  and
examination by federal or state authorities and (unless the Certificate  Account
is a  trust  account  maintained  in the  corporate  trust  department  of  such
depository institution) whose short-term deposits have been rated P-1 by Moody's
or A-1 by Standard & Poor's,  or in one of the two highest rating  categories by
Moody's and Standard & Poor's in the case of unsecured long-term debt.

     All amounts held in each of the accounts  established by the Servicer shall
be invested in Eligible  Investments that mature not later than the Business Day
preceding  the  Distribution  Date  next  succeeding  the  date  of  investment.
"Eligible  Investments"  are limited to  investments,  specified in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement,  which meet the criteria of each Rating Agency from time to
time as being  consistent  with their  then-current  ratings of the  Securities.
Investment  earnings  on  amounts on deposit  in the  Collection  Account,  Note
Distribution  Account,  Certificate  Distribution  Account  and Cash  Collateral
Account  will not be  available to make  payments on the  Securities.  

Servicing Procedures

     The Servicer will make reasonable  efforts to collect all payments due with
respect to the Contracts and, in a manner consistent with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement,  will continue such normal collection  practices and procedures as it
follows  with  respect  to  comparable  recreational  vehicle  installment  sale



                                       52
<PAGE>

contracts it services for itself and others.  See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the
Contracts".  Consistent  with its normal  procedures,  the Servicer  may, in its
discretion,  arrange with an Obligor to extend or modify the payment schedule on
a Contract  provided  that (i) the  maturity of such  Contract  would not extend
beyond the 180th day prior to the Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution Date and
(ii) the reducing, rescheduling, extension or other modification of the terms of
the  Contract  would not  constitute  a  cancellation  of such  Contract and the
creation of a new  installment  sale  contract.  The  Servicer  will follow such
normal collection practices and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable to
realize upon any  Contract  with respect to which it  determines  that  eventual
payment in full is  unlikely or to realize  upon any  Defaulted  Contract.  With
respect to any Due Period, a "Defaulted Contract" means any Contract (except for
a  Repurchased  Contract)  in respect  of which  payments  exceeding  $65 in the
aggregate  were  delinquent  120  days or more as of the  last  day of such  Due
Period;  provided,  however,  that a Paid-Ahead Contract and a Contract which is
delinquent  due to the  Soldiers'  and  Sailors'  Relief Act shall not be deemed
delinquent.  The Servicer may sell the related  Financed  Vehicle  securing such
Contract at a public or private  sale,  or take any other  action  permitted  by
applicable law. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Contracts".  The net proceeds
of such realization will be deposited in the Collection Account.

     Under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Servicer will be required to
use its best efforts to require the  Obligors to obtain and  maintain  theft and
physical  damage  insurance  on the  Financed  Vehicles in  accordance  with the
policies and procedures  employed by the Servicer with respect to comparable new
or used recreational vehicle receivables that it services for itself or others.

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that neither the Servicer nor the
Company,  nor any  director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Servicer or the
Company,  will  be  under  any  liability  to the  Trustees,  the  Trust  or the
Securityholders  for any action taken or for restraining  from the taking of any
action in good faith pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or for errors
in  judgment;  provided,  however,  that the  Servicer,  the Company or any such
person will not be  protected  against any  liability  which would  otherwise be
imposed by reason of the failure to perform its  obligations in compliance  with
the  standards  of care set forth in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  In the
event that the Servicer or the Company, in its discretion, undertakes any action
which it deems  necessary or desirable in connection  with its rights and duties
under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement or the interests of the  Securityholders
thereunder,  the legal  expenses  and  costs of such  action  and any  liability
resulting therefrom will be expenses, costs and liabilities of the Trust and the
Servicer and the Company will be entitled to be  reimbursed  therefor out of the
Collection Account.

     The Servicer  shall keep in force  throughout the term of the Agreement (i)
at such  time as the  long-term  debt of its  parent  is rated  less than "A" by
Standard  & Poor's  or less  than  "A3" by  Moody's,  a policy  or  policies  of
insurance  covering  errors and omissions  for failure to maintain  insurance as
required by the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and (ii) a fidelity  bond.  Such
policy or policies and such fidelity bond shall be in such form and amount as is
generally  customary  among persons  which  service a portfolio of  recreational
vehicle  contracts having an aggregate  principal amount of $100 million or more
and which are  generally  regarded  as  servicers  acceptable  to  institutional
investors.

     A breach of certain  covenants  made by CITSF as  Servicer  in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement that materially and adversely  affects the Trust's interest
in any Contract,  would  require the Servicer to purchase  such Contract  unless
such  breach is cured  within the  period  specified  in the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement.

Servicing Compensation

     The  Servicer  will be entitled to receive the  Servicing  Fee for each Due
Period,  payable on the  following  Distribution  Date,  equal to the sum of (i)
one-twelfth  of the  product  of 1.00% (the  "Servicing  Fee Rate") and the Pool
Balance as of the last day of the second  preceding  Due Period (or, in the case
of the first  Distribution  Date,  as of the Initial  Cut-off Date) and (ii) any
investment  earnings on amounts on deposit in the Collection  Account,  the Note
Distribution Account and the Certificate  Distribution Account. In addition, the
Servicer  will be  entitled  to collect  and  retain  any late fees,  prepayment
charges,  extension fees or other administrative fees or similar charges allowed
by applicable law with respect to the Contracts  ("Late Fees").  Payments to the
Servicer of such  amounts  will  compensate  the  Servicer  for  performing  the
functions of a third party servicer of  recreational  vehicle  receivables as an
agent for the Trust, including collecting and posting all payments, responding


                                       53
<PAGE>

to inquiries of Obligors, investigating delinquencies,  reporting federal income
tax information to Obligors, paying costs of disposition of defaults, monitoring
the collateral in cases of Obligor default and handling the foreclosure or other
liquidation of the Financed Vehicle in appropriate instances.

     The  Servicing  Fee and Late Fees also will  compensate  the  Servicer  for
administering the Contracts,  including  reimbursing the Servicer for accounting
for collections,  furnishing  monthly and annual  statements to the Trustee with
respect to  distributions  and generating  federal income tax  information.  The
Servicing Fee and Late Fees also will compensate the Servicer for certain taxes,
accounting  fees,  outside auditor fees,  data processing  costs and other costs
incurred in connection with administering and servicing the Contracts.

Collections

     The Servicer  will deposit all payments on or with respect to the Contracts
received from Obligors and all proceeds of Contracts  collected  during each Due
Period  into the  Collection  Account  not later  than two  Business  Days after
receipt. However, at any time that (i) CITSF remains the Servicer under the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement  and The CIT Group  Holdings,  Inc. (the parent of the
Servicer) has and maintains a short-term debt rating of at least A-1 by Standard
& Poor's and either a short-term  debt rating of P-1 or a long-term  debt rating
of at  least  A2 by  Moody's  (the  "Required  Servicer  Ratings"),  or (ii) the
Servicer  obtains a letter of  credit,  surety  bond or  insurance  policy  (the
"Servicer  Letter of Credit") as  provided in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
under which  demands for payment  will be made to secure  timely  remittance  of
monthly  collections to the  Collection  Account and, in the case of clause (ii)
above,  the Trustees are provided  with a letter from each Rating  Agency to the
effect that the  utilization of such  alternative  remittance  schedule will not
result in a qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating of
the  Securities,  the  Servicer  will not be  required  to deposit  payments  by
Obligors on the Contracts in the Collection  Account within two Business Days of
the date of processing. In such an event, the Servicer may make such deposits on
the Business Day immediately  preceding the next  Distribution Date in an amount
equal to the net amount of such deposits and payments which would have been made
had the conditions of the preceding sentence not applied.  In the event that the
Servicer is permitted  to make  remittances  of  collections  to the  Collection
Account on a monthly  basis  pursuant to  satisfaction  of the second  condition
described  above,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will be modified,  to the
extent  necessary,  without the consent of any  Securityholder.  Pending deposit
into the Collection Account,  collections may be invested by the Servicer at its
own risk and for its own benefit and will not be segregated from its own funds.

     The  Company,  CITSF or the  Servicer,  as the case may be,  will remit the
aggregate  Purchase  Price of any Contracts to be purchased  from the Trust into
the Collection  Account on or before the Business Day immediately  preceding the
related Distribution Date.

     The  Servicer  will not be  required to deposit in the  Collection  Account
amounts  relating to the Contracts  attributable  to the following:  (a) amounts
received with respect to each Contract (or property acquired in respect thereof)
that  has been  purchased  by CITSF  or the  Servicer  pursuant  to the Sale and
Servicing   Agreement   and  that  are  not  required  to  be   distributed   to
Securityholders,   (b)  net  investment  earnings  on  funds  deposited  in  the
Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account, the Certificate  Distribution
Account and the Cash Collateral Account,  (c) amounts received as Late Fees, (d)
amounts to be  reimbursed  to the Servicer in respect of  unrecoverable  Monthly
Advances,  (e) amounts received in respect of the amounts,  if any, of insurance
premiums added to the principal  balance of a Contract after the Initial Cut-off
Date for each such Initial  Contract,  or after the related  Subsequent  Cut-off
Date for each such  Subsequent  Contract,  (f) amounts  received as  liquidation
proceeds, to the extent the Servicer is entitled to reimbursement of liquidation
expenses related thereto, and (g) repossession profits on liquidated Contracts.

Monthly Advances

     With  respect  to each  Contract  as to which  there  has been an  Interest
Shortfall  during the  related  Due Period  (other  than an  Interest  Shortfall
arising from a Contract which has been prepaid in full or which has been subject
to a Relief Act  Reduction  during the related Due Period),  the Servicer  shall
advance  funds in the  amount  of such  Interest  Shortfall  (each,  a  "Monthly
Advance"), but only to the extent that the Servicer, in its good faith judgment,
expects to recover such Monthly Advance from subsequent collections with respect
to interest on such Contract made by or on behalf of the obligor thereunder (the
"Obligor"),  net liquidation proceeds or insurance proceeds with respect to such


                                       54
<PAGE>

Contract.  The  Servicer  shall  be  reimbursed  for any  Monthly  Advance  from
subsequent collections with respect to such Contract. If the Servicer determines
in its good faith  judgement  that an  unreimbursed  Monthly  Advance  shall not
ultimately  be  recoverable  from  such  collections,   the  Servicer  shall  be
reimbursed  for such  Monthly  Advance from  collections  on all  Contracts.  In
determining  whether an advance is or will be nonrecoverable,  the Servicer need
not take  into  account  that it  might  receive  any  amounts  in a  deficiency
judgment.  The  Servicer  will not  advance  funds in respect  of the  principal
component of any scheduled payment.

     "Interest   Shortfall"   means  with   respect  to  any  Contract  and  any
Distribution  Date,  the excess of (x) the sum of (i) the product of one-twelfth
of the weighted average of the Pass-Through Rate and the Class A Rate multiplied
by the outstanding  principal  amount of such Contract as of the last day of the
second  preceding  Due Period  (or,  in the case of the first Due Period  ending
after the Contract was acquired by the Trust,  as of the Initial Cut-off Date or
the  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date,  as the case may be) and (ii) the product of (A)
one-twelfth of the Servicing Fee Rate and (B) the outstanding  principal  amount
of such  Contract as of the last day of the second  preceding Due Period (or, in
the case of the first Due Period  ending  after the Contract was acquired by the
Trust,  as of the Initial  Cut-off Date or the  Subsequent  Cut-off Date, as the
case may be) over (y) the amount of interest, if any, collected on such Contract
in the related Due Period.

     The Servicer will remit any Monthly Advance with respect to each Due Period
into the  Collection  Account not later than the Business Day preceding the next
following Distribution Date.

Non-Reimbursable Payment

     When a  payment  of  principal  is made  on or in  respect  of a  Contract,
interest is paid on the unpaid  principal  balance of such  Contract only to the
date of such  payment.  With respect to each Contract as to which there has been
an Interest Shortfall in the related Due Period arising from either a prepayment
in full of such  Contract or a Relief Act  Reduction in respect of such Contract
during  such Due  Period,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will  require the
Servicer to deposit into the Collection  Account on the Business Day immediately
preceding  the  following  Distribution  Date,  without the right of  subsequent
reimbursement,  an amount equal to such Interest Shortfall (a  "Non-Reimbursable
Payment").

Distributions

     On or before the  Determination  Date  preceding a  Distribution  Date, the
Servicer  will make a  determination  and inform the  Indenture  Trustee and the
Owner Trustee of the following amounts with respect to the preceding Due Period:
(i) the aggregate  amount of collections  on the  Contracts;  (ii) the aggregate
amount of Monthly  Advances to be remitted by the Servicer;  (iii) the aggregate
Purchase  Price of Contracts to be purchased by CITSF or the Servicer;  (iv) the
aggregate amount to be distributed as principal and interest on the Notes on the
related  Distribution  Date;  (v) the  aggregate  amount  to be  distributed  as
principal and interest on the  Certificates  on the related  Distribution  Date;
(vi) the Servicing Fee; (vii) the aggregate amount of Non-Reimbursable Payments;
(viii) the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account for
such  Distribution Date (which shall be equal to (A) the amount, if any (subject
to the Available Cash Collateral Amount), by which the Available Amount for such
Distribution Date after reimbursing the Servicer for any previously unreimbursed
Monthly  Advances  for which it is  entitled  to be  reimbursed  and  making the
Servicer Payment to the Servicer and paying interest and principal on the Notes,
is less  than the  amounts  set forth in  clauses  (e),  (f) and (g) below  with
respect to such Distribution  Date, (B) any Cash Collateral  Account Surplus (as
hereinafter  defined) which is payable to the Cash  Collateral  Depositor or the
Affiliated  Purchaser and (C) any Excess  Collections (as  hereinafter  defined)
payable to the Cash Collateral Depositor); (ix) any amounts to be deposited into
the Cash  Collateral  Account;  and (x) the  aggregate  amount  of  unreimbursed
Monthly Advances to be reimbursed to the Servicer, all as described below.

     The "Available  Amount" on any Distribution Date is equal to all amounts on
deposit in the Collection  Account  attributable to collections or deposits made
in respect of such  Contracts  in the  related  Due  Period  (together  with the
Purchase Price for any Contract  repurchased by CITSF resulting from breaches of
certain   representations    and      warranties    or    repurchased   by   the
Servicer     resulting     from    breaches    of    certain      covenants,  in


                                       55
<PAGE>

each case as set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  paid on or prior to
the  Deposit  Date  immediately  preceding  such  Distribution  Date)  less  the
following amounts (to the extent that the Servicer has not already withheld such
amounts  from  collections  on  the  Contracts):  any  repossession  profits  on
liquidated Contracts, Liquidation Expenses (as defined in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement)  incurred and taxes and insurance advanced by the Servicer in respect
of Financed  Vehicles that are  reimbursable  to the Servicer under the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement;  any  amounts  incorrectly  deposited  in  the  Collection
Account;  and net investment earnings on the funds in the Collection Account due
to the  Servicer  pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and any other
amounts  permitted to be withdrawn from the  Collection  Account by the Servicer
(or to be retained by the Servicer from  collections on the Contracts)  pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     On each Distribution Date the Indenture Trustee will withdraw the Available
Amount from the Collection Account to make the following payments (to the extent
sufficient funds are available therefor) in the following order:

      (a) the aggregate amount of any unreimbursed  Monthly Advances made by the
   Servicer (and which are then due to be  reimbursed  to the Servicer)  will be
   paid to the Servicer;

      (b) the Servicing Fee,  including any overdue  Servicing Fee, will (to the
   extent not previously retained by the Servicer) be paid to the Servicer;

      (c) the Class A Interest Distribution Amount,  including any overdue Class
   A Interest  Distribution Amount, will be deposited into the Note Distribution
   Account, for payment to the Noteholders;

      (d) on and  prior  to the  Cross-Over  Date,  the  Principal  Distribution
   Amount,   including  any  overdue  Principal  Distribution  Amount,  will  be
   deposited into the Note Distribution Account, for payment to the Noteholders;

      (e) the Certificate Interest  Distribution  Amount,  including any overdue
   Certificate  Interest   Distribution  Amount,  will  be  deposited  into  the
   Certificate Distribution Account, for payment to the Certificateholders;

      (f) prior to the Cross-Over  Date, the Principal  Liquidation Loss Amount,
   if any, will be deposited  into the  Certificate  Distribution  Account,  for
   payment to the Certificateholders;

      (g) on and after the Cross-Over Date, the Principal  Distribution  Amount,
   including any overdue Principal  Distribution  Amount, will be deposited into
   the Certificate Distribution Account, for payment to the Certificateholders;

      (h) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the difference between the Available
   Cash Collateral Amount and the Required Cash Collateral Amount, to the extent
   the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount  is  less  than  the  Required  Cash
   Collateral Amount and (ii) the amount necessary to make payments of principal
   and interest on the Loan (as hereinafter  defined), to the extent required by
   the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Cash Collateral  Agreement,  will be
   deposited into the Cash Collateral Account; and

      (i) the balance, if any, will be distributed to the Affiliated Purchaser.

     To the extent  that the  Available  Amount is  insufficient  to satisfy the
distributions  set forth in clauses  (e),  (f) or (g) above on any  Distribution
Date,  the Owner  Trustee will  withdraw or cause to be withdrawn  from the Cash
Collateral  Account,  to  the  extent  available,  the  difference  between  the
aggregate amounts described in clauses (e), (f) and (g) and the Available Amount
remaining  after  payment of the amounts  described in clauses (a), (b), (c) and
(d). Any amount so withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account by or on behalf of
the Owner Trustee will be deposited into the  Certificate  Distribution  Account
for distribution to the Certificateholders.

Credit Enhancement

     Subordination  of  Certificates.  The rights of the  Certificateholders  to
receive  distributions with respect to the Contracts will be subordinated to the
rights of the Class A Noteholders,  to the limited extent described herein. This
subordination is intended to enhance the likelihood of timely receipt by Class A
Noteholders of the full amount of interest and principal  required to be paid to
them, and to afford such Class A Noteholders  limited  protection against losses
in respect of the Contracts.


                                       56
<PAGE>

     No distribution will be made to the  Certificateholders on any Distribution
Date in respect of (i) interest  until the full amount of interest and principal
on the Class A Notes payable on such  Distribution  Date has been distributed to
the Class A Noteholders,  other than payments from the Cash Collateral  Account,
and (ii)  principal  until the Class A Notes have been paid in full,  other than
distributions in respect of the Principal Liquidation Loss Amount.

     The  protection  afforded to the Class A Noteholders  by the  subordination
feature described above will be effected by the preferential  right of the Class
A Noteholders to receive, to the extent described herein,  current distributions
from  collections on or in respect of the Contracts  prior to the application of
such collections to making payments in respect of the Certificates.  There is no
other protection against losses on the Contracts afforded the Class A Notes. The
Cash  Collateral  Account  will not be available to provide a source of funds to
make payments of principal or interest on the Notes.

     Cash Collateral  Account.  On the Closing Date, the Cash Collateral Account
will be  established  pursuant to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  The Owner
Trustee will have the right to withdraw or cause to be withdrawn  payments  from
the Cash Collateral  Account under certain  circumstances  specified  below. The
Cash  Collateral  Account  will be funded on the  Closing  Date in the amount of
$5,625,000  (the "Initial Cash  Collateral  Amount") from the proceeds of a loan
(the  "Loan") by the Cash  Collateral  Depositor  pursuant to a Cash  Collateral
Agreement among the Cash Collateral  Depositor,  the Trust and the Servicer (the
"Cash  Collateral  Agreement").  The Cash Collateral  Depositor's  only recourse
against the Trust for repayment of the Loan is from the Cash Collateral  Account
Surplus (as hereinafter defined), certain investment earnings on funds deposited
in the Cash  Collateral  Account and payments from the Cash  Collateral  Account
upon  maturity  of the Loan,  in each  case as set forth in the Cash  Collateral
Agreement.

     The Cash Collateral  Account shall be a segregated  account maintained with
an Eligible Institution. Funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account will be
invested in certain  investments which satisfy the criteria  established by each
of the Ratings Agencies. It is expected that such funds will be invested in debt
obligations of the Cash  Collateral  Depositor or its affiliates so long as such
obligations  satisfy the criteria  established by the Rating Agencies.  The Cash
Collateral  Account and any amounts therein shall be held by or on behalf of the
Owner Trustee in accordance  with the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and the Cash
Collateral  Agreement for the benefit of the  Certificateholders  and the Trust,
and as  provided in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and the Cash  Collateral
Agreement.

     The Cash  Collateral  Account will be  terminated  following the earlier to
occur of (a) the date on which the  Certificates  are paid in full and any funds
remaining  therein  have  been  paid to the  Cash  Collateral  Depositor  or the
Affiliated Purchaser or (b) the Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

     On each  Distribution  Date, the amount  available to be withdrawn from the
Cash  Collateral  Account  for  the  benefit  of  the  Certificateholders   (the
"Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount")  will be equal to the  lesser  of (i) the
Required  Cash  Collateral  Amount  and (ii) the  amount on  deposit in the Cash
Collateral  Account,   exclusive  of  interest  and  earnings  thereon  and  any
investment  losses and  expenses and before  giving  effect to any deposit to be
made to the Cash Collateral Account on such Distribution Date.

     On each  Determination  Date, the Servicer will  determine the amounts,  if
any,  required  to be  withdrawn  from the Cash  Collateral  Account,  up to the
Available Cash Collateral  Amount, on the related  Distribution Date for payment
to the  Certificateholders.  The  Owner  Trustee  will  withdraw  or cause to be
withdrawn such amount from the Cash Collateral Account and will deposit or cause
to be deposited  such amount into the  Certificate  Distribution  Account on the
Business Day before the Distribution  Date with respect to which such withdrawal
was made.

     On each  Distribution  Date, the Servicer will deposit  Excess  Collections
into the Cash Collateral  Account in an amount sufficient to increase the amount
on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account to the Required Cash Collateral Amount
and to make  payments of  principal  and interest on the Loan as required by the
Cash Collateral  Agreement.  Excess  Collections,  if any, not so required to be
deposited  in the  Cash  Collateral  Account  will  be  paid  to the  Affiliated
Purchaser.  On each Distribution  Date, the Owner Trustee will withdraw or cause
to be withdrawn from the Cash  Collateral  Account an amount equal to the amount
by which the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount (after taking into account any
deposits to and  withdrawals  from the Cash Collateral  Account  pursuant to the
Sale and  Servicing  Agreement on such  Distribution  Date) exceeds the Required
Cash  Collateral  Amount for the next  Distribution  Date (the "Cash  Collateral
Account Surplus")  and pay such amount,  to the extent required to make payments


                                       57
<PAGE>

of principal and interest on the Loan,  to the Cash  Collateral  Depositor.  Any
such amounts paid to the Cash  Collateral  Depositor  will not be available  for
distribution to Certificateholders. On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee
will  withdraw  from  the  Cash  Collateral  Account  and pay to the  Affiliated
Purchaser the balance, if any, of the Cash Collateral Account Surplus.

     In the event that the Certificates are outstanding on the Certificate Final
Scheduled  Distribution  Date (after taking into account  distributions  on such
date),  the Owner Trustee will  withdraw or cause to be withdrawn  from the Cash
Collateral  Account  an  amount  equal  to the  Certificate  Balance,  and  will
distribute  such  amount  to  the   Certificateholders   in  retirement  of  the
Certificates,  to the extent funds are available therefor in the Cash Collateral
Account.

     The Required Cash Collateral  Amount with respect to any Distribution  Date
will  equal  2.25% of the Pool  Balance as of the first day of the  related  Due
Period,  but  in no  event  less  than  $1,875,000.  If,  with  respect  to  any
Distribution Date, (a) the average of the principal balance of Contracts 60 days
or more delinquent  (including Contracts relating to Financed Vehicles that have
been  repossessed)  as a percentage of the Pool Balance for the three  preceding
Due Periods  exceeds 1.75% or (b) the average of the  principal  balances of all
Contracts which became Defaulted Contracts, less any net liquidation proceeds on
Defaulted  Contracts,  expressed  as an  annualized  percentage  of the  average
outstanding Pool Balance of the three preceding Due Periods exceeds 1.75%,  then
the Required Cash Collateral Amount with respect to such Distribution Date shall
be 4.50% of the Pool Balance as of the first day of the related Due Period,  but
in no event (i) less than $1,875,000 or (ii) greater than  $5,625,000;  provided
further that the Required Cash Collateral Amount shall never be greater than the
outstanding  balance of Certificates and may be reduced from time to time if the
Rating  Agencies  shall have  given  prior  written  notice to the  Seller,  the
Servicer  and the Issuer that such  reduction  will not result in a downgrade or
withdrawal of the then current rating of the Notes and the Certificates.

     "Excess  Collections"  for any  Distribution  Date will  equal the  amounts
collected or deposited in respect of the Contracts in the related Due Period and
which are remaining in the Collection  Account on such  Distribution  Date after
taking into account  distributions to be made on the Securities and payments and
reimbursements made to the Servicer on such Distribution Date.

Net Deposits

     As  an  administrative   convenience,   the  Servicer  will  under  certain
circumstances  be permitted to make deposits of collections,  Monthly  Advances,
Non-Reimbursable   Payments  and  the  aggregate  Purchase  Price  of  Contracts
purchased  by  it  for,  or  with  respect  to,  a  Distribution   Date  net  of
distributions to be made to the Servicer with respect to such  Distribution Date
(including,  without limitation,  Servicing Fee, reimbursement of nonrecoverable
Monthly  Advances  and amounts to be deducted in the  definition  of  "Available
Amount" set forth under  "--Distributions"  above). The Servicer,  however, will
account to the Indenture Trustee,  the Owner Trustee and to the  Securityholders
as if all such deposits and  distributions  were made on an aggregate  basis for
each type of payment or deposit.

Statements to Trustees and Trust

     On or before each  Determination  Date,  the  Servicer  will provide to the
Indenture Trustee,  Owner Trustee, any Paying Agent and CITSF as of the close of
business on the last day of the preceding Due Period, a statement  setting forth
substantially the same information as is required to be provided in the periodic
reports provided to Securityholders  described above under "Certain  Information
Regarding The Securities--Statements to Securityholders".

Evidence as to Compliance

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will require the Servicer to deliver to
the Trustees a monthly  report prior to each  Distribution  Date,  setting forth
certain  information  regarding the Contract Pool and the Securities.  Each such
report to the Trustees will be  accompanied  by a statement  from an appropriate
officer of the Servicer  certifying the accuracy of such report and stating that
the Servicer has not defaulted in the performance of its  obligations  under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.


                                       58
<PAGE>

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement will require that on or before March 31 of
each year, commencing March 31, 1997, the Servicer will deliver to the Trustee a
report of  independent  public  accountants  which opines on, at a minimum,  the
servicing entity's  compliance with the minimum servicing standards set forth in
the Uniform Single Attestation  Program for Mortgage Bankers (in accordance with
the 1995 revisions made thereto).  The Sale and Servicing Agreement will require
that such examination and report of independent  public  accountants be prepared
in accordance with the requirements set forth in the Uniform Single  Attestation
Program  for  Mortgage  Bankers  (in  accordance  with the 1995  revisions  made
thereto).

     The Servicer, on request of the Trustees, will furnish to the Trustees such
reasonably  pertinent  underlying  data as can be  generated  by the  Servicer's
existing data processing system without undue modification or expense.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will  provide that the Servicer may not
resign  from its  obligations  and duties as  Servicer  thereunder,  except upon
determination  that the  Servicer's  performance  of such  duties  is no  longer
permissible  under  applicable law. Such  resignation  will not become effective
until the Indenture  Trustee or a successor  Servicer has assumed the Servicer's
servicing obligations and duties under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will  further  provide that neither the
Servicer nor the Company nor any of their  directors,  officers,  employees  and
agents  shall  be  under  any  liability  to  the  Trustees,  the  Trust  or the
Noteholders or  Certificateholders  for taking any action or for refraining from
taking any action pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or for errors in
judgment;  provided, however, that neither the Servicer nor any such person will
be protected  against any breach of  warranties or  representations  made in the
Sale and  Servicing  Agreement or failure to perform  obligations  in accordance
with  the  standards  set  forth  in the Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  or any
liability  which otherwise would be imposed by reason of any breach of the terms
and conditions of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  In addition,  the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  will provide that the Servicer is under no  obligation  to
appear in,  prosecute or defend any legal action which arises under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and that, in its opinion,  may cause it to incur any expense
or liability. The Servicer may, however, undertake any reasonable action that it
may deem  necessary or desirable in respect of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
and the  rights and  duties of the  parties  thereto  and the  interests  of the
Noteholders and Certificateholders thereunder.

     Any  corporation  or other  entity into which the Servicer may be merged or
consolidated,  or any  corporation  or other entity  resulting  from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Servicer is a party, or any corporation
or other entity succeeding to the business of the Servicer, which corporation or
other entity assumes the  obligations of the Servicer,  will be the successor of
the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Physical Damage Insurance

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will  provide  that  the  Servicer,  in
accordance  with its  customary  servicing  procedures,  shall require that each
Obligor  shall  have  obtained  and shall  maintain  physical  damage  insurance
covering the  Financed  Vehicle,  provided  that such  insurance  shall be in an
amount no greater than the outstanding principal balance of the related Contract
or, if such insurance covers the interest of the related Obligor in the Financed
Vehicle, no greater than the greater of the outstanding principal balance of the
related  Contract and the value of the Financed  Vehicle,  or such lesser amount
permitted by  applicable  law. The Servicer  shall  enforce its rights under the
Contracts  to require the Obligors to maintain  physical  damage  insurance,  in
accordance with the Servicer's  customary  practices and procedures with respect
to comparable new or used  recreational  vehicles  financed by installment  sale
contracts that it services for itself or others. If an Obligor fails to maintain
such  insurance,  the  Servicer  shall  obtain and advance on the behalf of such
Obligor, as required under the terms of the applicable Contract and the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  the premiums for such insurance,  with uninsured physical
damage loan insurance endorsements, each insurance policy naming the Servicer as
an additional insured and loss payee and issued by an insurer having a rating of
"A" or  better  by A.M.  Best  (such  insurance  being  referred  to  herein  as
"Force-Placed  Insurance").  Such Force-Placed  Insurance and any commissions or
finance charges  collected by the Servicer in connection  therewith shall be, to
the extent permitted by law, in an amount in accordance with customary servicing
procedures,  but in no event in an amount greater than the outstanding principal


                                       59
<PAGE>

     balance of the  related  Contract  or, if such  insurance  also  covers the
interest of the related  Obligor in the  Financed  Vehicle,  no greater than the
greater of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the related  Contract and the
value of the Financed  Vehicle,  or such lesser  amount  permitted by applicable
law.  The  Servicer  shall be required  to  disclose to the related  Obligor all
information with respect to such Force-Placed Insurance, commissions and finance
charges  as  required  by  applicable  law.  The  Servicer  does not,  under its
customary  servicing  procedures,   require  Force-Placed   Insurance  when  the
principal  balance  of the  related  Contract  falls  below  the level or levels
periodically established in accordance with such customary servicing procedures.
In  accordance  with such  customary  servicing  procedures,  the  Servicer  may
periodically  readjust such levels,  suspend  Force-Placed  Insurance or arrange
other methods of protection of the Financed  Vehicles that it deems necessary or
advisable,  provided  that the  Servicer  determines  that such  actions  do not
materially and adversely affect the interests of the  Certificateholders  or the
Noteholders.  Any portion of the principal  balance of a Contract  consisting of
Force-Placed  Insurance  acquired after the Initial Cut-off Date, or the related
Subsequent  Cut-off Date, will not be owned by the Trust, and amounts  allocable
thereto will not be available  for  distribution  in respect of the  Securities.
Unless  otherwise  designated  by the Obligor,  the  Servicer  will not allocate
payments with respect to Force-Placed  Insurance premiums added to the Contracts
after the Initial Cut-off Date or a Subsequent Cut-off Date, as the case may be,
if any amount of principal or interest is due but unpaid on the  Contracts.  The
Servicer  shall not deposit  payments  posted with respect to such  Force-Placed
Insurance in the Collection  Account and shall instead promptly pay such amounts
to an account of the Servicer  maintained for that purpose. In the event that an
Obligor under a Contract  with respect to which the Servicer has advanced  funds
to obtain  Force-Placed  Insurance makes scheduled  payments under the Contract,
but has failed to make scheduled payments of such Force-Placed Insurance as due,
and the  Servicer  has  determined  that  eventual  payment  of such  amount  is
unlikely,  the  Servicer  may,  but shall not be  required  to,  take any action
available to it, including  determining that the related Contract is a Defaulted
Contract;  provided,  however, that any Net Liquidation Proceeds with respect to
such Contract  shall be applied first to the accrued and unpaid  interest at the
Contract Rate, then to the principal amount outstanding,  and the remainder,  if
any, to  repayment of any such  Force-Placed  Insurance  premiums  added  to the
Initial Contracts after the Initial Cut-off Date or to any Subsequent  Contracts
after the related Subsequent Cut-off Date.

Servicing -- Hazard Insurance

     The Sale and Servicing  Agreement will permit the Servicer or any affiliate
of the Servicer,  to the extent  permitted by law, to (i) enter into  agreements
with one or more  insurers or other  Persons  pursuant to which the  Servicer or
such affiliate will earn  commissions  and fees in connection with any insurance
policy  purchased  by an  Obligor  including,  without  limitation,  any  hazard
insurance  policy (whether or not such hazard  insurance  policy is force-placed
pursuant to the  provisions  of any  Contract),  or any other  insurance  policy
whatsoever and (ii) in connection with the foregoing,  to solicit, or permit and
assist  any  insurer  or  any  agent  thereof  to  solicit  (including,  without
limitation,  providing such insurer or agent a list of Obligors  including name,
address or other information) any Obligor.

Event of Termination

     An  "Event of  Termination"  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will
consist of (i) any failure by the Servicer to make any  required  deposit in any
of the accounts required to be made under the Sale and Servicing Agreement which
failure  continues  unremedied  for five (5)  Business  Days after the  Servicer
becomes aware that such deposit was  required;  (ii) any failure by the Servicer
duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other of its covenants or
agreements in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  (other than those  described in
clause (i)) that materially and adversely  affects the rights of the Noteholders
or Certificateholders which continues unremedied for 30 days after the giving of
written notice of such failure or breach;  (iii) any assignment or delegation by
the  Servicer of its duties or rights  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,
except as specifically permitted under the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  or any
attempt  to make  such an  assignment  or  delegation;  (iv)  certain  events of
insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshalling  of assets and  liabilities  or
similar  proceedings  regarding  the  Servicer;  or (v) the  Servicer  no longer
qualifies  as an  Eligible  Servicer  (as  defined  in the  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement).  "Notice"  as used herein  shall mean notice to the  Servicer by the
Trustees or the Company, or to the Company, the Servicer and the Trustees by the
Certificateholders  holding  not less  than 25% of the  outstanding  Certificate
Balance  and by  Noteholders  holding  not  less  than  25%  of the  outstanding
principal amount of the Notes.


                                       60
<PAGE>

Rights Upon Event of Termination

     As long as an Event of Termination  under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
remains  unremedied,  the Indenture Trustee may, and at the written direction of
the holders of Notes  evidencing not less than a majority in principal amount of
such then  outstanding  Notes,  shall,  unless  prohibited  by  applicable  law,
terminate  all (but no less  than  all) of the  rights  and  obligations  of the
Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and in and to the Contracts, and
the  proceeds  thereof,  whereupon  (subject to  applicable  law) the  Indenture
Trustee or a successor  Servicer  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will
succeed to all the  responsibilities,  duties and  liabilities  of the  Servicer
under  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  and  will be  entitled  to  similar
compensation arrangements; provided, however, that neither the Indenture Trustee
nor any  successor  servicer  will  assume any  obligation  of CITSF to purchase
Contracts  for breaches of  representations  or  warranties,  and the  Indenture
Trustee or the  successor  Servicer will not be liable for any acts or omissions
of the Servicer  occurring  prior to a transfer of the Servicer's  servicing and
related  functions or for any breach by the  Servicer of any of its  obligations
contained in the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Notwithstanding such termination,
the Servicer shall be entitled to payment of certain amounts payable to it prior
to such termination,  for services  rendered prior to such termination.  No such
termination  will affect in any manner  CITSF's  obligation to purchase  certain
Contracts  for  breaches of  representations  or  warranties  under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.  In the event that the Indenture Trustee would be obligated
to succeed the Servicer but is unwilling or unable so to act, it may appoint, or
petition  to a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for  the  appointment  of,  a
Servicer. Pending such appointment, the Indenture Trustee is obligated to act in
such capacity, unless the Indenture Trustee is prohibited by law from so acting.
The  Indenture   Trustee  and  such  successor  may  agree  upon  the  servicing
compensation to be paid,  which in no event,  without written consent of 100% of
the  Securityholders,  may be greater than the compensation to CITSF as Servicer
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Waiver of Past Defaults

     The holders of Notes  evidencing at least a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding  Notes (or the holders of the  Certificates  evidencing not
less than a majority of the Certificate  Balance, in the case that all the Notes
have been paid in full and the Indenture has been  discharged in accordance with
its terms) may, on behalf of all such Noteholders and Certificateholders,  waive
any default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations under the Sale
and Servicing Agreement and its consequences,  except an Event of Termination in
making  any  required  deposits  to or  payments  from  any of the  accounts  in
accordance  with the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  No such waiver will impair
such  Noteholders'  or  Certificateholders'  right with  respect  to  subsequent
defaults.

Amendment

     Each of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and the Trust  Agreement may be
amended by the parties thereto and, in the event that such amendment affects the
Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, without prior notice to or the consent
of the related Noteholders or  Certificateholders  (i) to correct manifest error
or cure any ambiguity;  (ii) correct or supplement  any provision  therein which
may be inconsistent with any other provision therein;  (iii) to add or amend any
provision as requested by the Rating  Agencies to maintain or improve the rating
of the Notes or  Certificates;  (iv) to add to the  covenants,  restrictions  or
obligations  of the Company,  the  Servicer,  the Owner Trustee or the Indenture
Trustee;  (v) evidence and provide for the  acceptance of the  appointment  of a
successor  trustee with respect to the property owned by the Trust and add to or
change any provisions as shall be necessary to facilitate the  administration of
the  trusts  under the Trust  Agreement  by more than one  trustee  pursuant  to
Article VI of the Trust Agreement; or (vi) to add, change or eliminate any other
provisions  provided that an amendment  pursuant to clause (vi) will not, in the
opinion  of  counsel  (which  may be  internal  counsel  to the  Company  or the
Servicer),  adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Trust,
the  Noteholders  or the  Certificateholders.  Each such  agreement  may also be
amended by the  parties  thereto,  with the consent of the holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of such then  outstanding  Notes and the holders of
such Certificates  evidencing at least a majority of the Certificate Balance for
the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any  provisions  of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  or of  modifying in any
manner  the  rights of such  Noteholders  or  Certificateholders,  respectively;
except,  that no such  amendment,  may (i)  increase or reduce in any manner the
amount of, or  accelerate  or delay the timing of,  collections  of  payments on
Contracts  or  distributions  that  are  required  to be  made  on any  Note  or


                                       61
<PAGE>

Certificate,  any Contract  Rate, the  Pass-Through  Rate or the Class A Rate or
(ii)   reduce   the   aforesaid   percentage   required   of   Noteholders   and
Certificateholders  to consent to any such amendment  without the consent of all
of the Noteholders or  Certificateholders,  as the case may be.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  no  amendment  affecting  the  rights  of the  Cash  Collateral
Depositor will be made without the consent of the Cash Collateral Depositor.

Insolvency Event

     If any of certain events of insolvency,  readjustment of debt,  marshalling
of assets and  liabilities,  or similar  proceedings with respect to such person
indicating  its  insolvency  or  inability  to pay  its  obligations  (each,  an
"Insolvency  Event")  occurs  with  respect  to the  Affiliated  Purchaser,  the
Contracts shall be liquidated and the Trust will be terminated,  unless,  within
90 days after the date of such  Insolvency  Event,  the Owner Trustee shall have
received written  instructions  from (i) each of the  Certificateholders  (other
than the Affiliated  Purchaser),  and (ii) each of the Noteholders to the effect
that each such  party  disapproves  of the  liquidation  of such  Contracts  and
termination of such Trust. Promptly after the occurrence of any Insolvency Event
with respect to the Affiliated Purchaser, notice thereof is required to be given
to the Noteholders and Certificateholders;  except that any failure to give such
required  notice  will not  prevent  or delay  termination  of the  Trust.  Upon
termination of the Trust,  the Owner Trustee shall direct the Indenture  Trustee
promptly  to  sell  the  assets  of  such  Trust  (other  than  the  Certificate
Distribution  Account,  the Note  Distribution  Account  or the Cash  Collateral
Account) in a  commercially  reasonable  manner and on  commercially  reasonable
terms.  The  proceeds  from any such sale,  disposition  or  liquidation  of the
Contracts  will be treated as  collections on the Contracts and deposited in the
related  Collection  Account.  If  the  proceeds  from  the  liquidation  of the
Contracts,  the  Note  Distribution  Account  and the  Certificate  Distribution
Account are not sufficient to pay the Notes and Certificates in full, the amount
of principal returned to the  Certificateholders  will be reduced (to the extent
the  Available  Cash  Collateral  Amount  is  not  sufficient  to  prevent  such
reduction)   and  the   Certificateholders   will   incur  a  loss.   See  "Risk
Factors--Certain Legal Aspects".

Affiliated Purchaser Liability

     Under the Trust Agreement, the Affiliated Purchaser will agree to be liable
directly  to an  injured  party for the  entire  amount of any  losses,  claims,
damages,  liabilities or expenses (other than those incurred by (i) a Noteholder
or a  Certificateholder  in the capacity of an investor and (ii) the Trust under
the Cash  Collateral  Agreement) of the Trust to the extent that the  Affiliated
Purchaser  would be liable if the Trust were a  partnership  under the  Delaware
Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act in which the Affiliated Purchaser were a
general partner.

Termination

     The obligations of the Servicer, the Company, the Affiliated Purchaser, the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Purchase  Agreements and
the  Trust  Documents  will  terminate  upon  the  earliest  to occur of (i) the
maturity or other  liquidation  of the last Contract and the  disposition of any
amounts received upon liquidation of any property  remaining in the Trust,  (ii)
the  payment  to  Securityholders  of all  amounts  required  to be paid to them
pursuant  to  the  Purchase  Agreements  and  the  Trust  Agreement,  (iii)  the
occurrence  of either event  described  below and (iv) as otherwise  required by
law, as described in the Trust Agreement.

     In  order  to  avoid  excessive  administrative  expenses,  CITSF  will  be
permitted at its option to purchase  from the Trust,  on any  Distribution  Date
following a Record Date on which the Pool  Balance is 10% or less of the Initial
Pool Balance, all remaining Contracts at a price equal to the aggregate Purchase
Price for the  Contracts  (including  Defaulted  Contracts),  plus the appraised
value of any other  property  held by the  Trust  (less  liquidation  expenses).
Exercise of such right will  effect  early  retirement  of the  Securities.  The
"Initial Pool Balance"  equals the sum of (i) the Pool Balance as of the Initial
Cut-off  Date  and  (ii)  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of all  Subsequent
Contracts added to the Trust as of their respective Subsequent Cut-off Dates.

     Within ten days after a Distribution  Date following a Record Date on which
the Pool  Balance  is 5% or less of the  Initial  Pool  Balance,  the  Indenture
Trustee  (or,  if the Notes  have been paid in full and the  Indenture  has been
discharged in accordance  with its terms,  the Owner Trustee) shall solicit bids
for the  purchase of the  Contracts  remaining  in the Trust.  In the event that
satisfactory  bids are  received as described  below,  the sale proceeds will be



                                       62
<PAGE>

distributed to Securityholders  on the second  Distribution Date succeeding such
Record Date.  Any purchaser of the Contracts must agree to the  continuation  of
CITSF  as  Servicer  on  terms  substantially  similar  to those in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement.  Any  such  sale  will  effect  early  retirement  of  the
Securities.

     Such  Trustee must  receive at least two bids from  prospective  purchasers
that are considered at the time to be competitive participants in the market for
recreational vehicle retail installment sale contracts.  The highest bid may not
be less than the fair market value of such  Contracts  and must equal the sum of
(i) the greater of (a) the aggregate Purchase Price for the Contracts (including
Defaulted Contracts), plus the appraised value of any other property held by the
Trust (less liquidation expenses) or (b) an amount that when added to amounts on
deposit in the Collection  Account available for distribution to Securityholders
for  such  second  succeeding   Determination  Date  would  result  in  proceeds
sufficient to distribute  the amount of monthly  principal and interest for such
Distribution  Date and any unpaid  principal and interest with respect to one or
more prior  Distribution  Dates, and (ii) the sum of (a) an amount sufficient to
reimburse  the Servicer for any  unreimbursed  Monthly  Advances for which it is
entitled  to  reimbursement  and (b) the  Servicing  Fee  payable  on such final
Distribution  Date,  including any unpaid  Servicing Fees with respect to one or
more prior Due  Periods.  Such  Trustee may  consult  with  financial  advisors,
including  any  Underwriter,  to  determine  if the  fair  market  value of such
Contracts  has been offered.  Upon the receipt of such bids,  such Trustee shall
sell and assign such Contracts to the highest bidder and the Securities shall be
retired on such  Distribution  Date. If any of the foregoing  conditions are not
met, such Trustee  shall decline to consummate  such sale and shall not be under
any  obligation  to solicit any further bids or otherwise  negotiate any further
sale of Contracts remaining in the Trust. In such event,  however,  such Trustee
may from  time to time  solicit  bids in the  future  for the  purchase  of such
Contracts upon the same terms described above.

     Such Trustee will give written notice of termination to each Securityholder
of record. The final distribution to each  Securityholder will be made only upon
surrender and  cancellation of such holder's  Securities at any office or agency
of such Trustee  specified for such purpose.  Any funds  remaining in the Trust,
after such Trustee has taken  certain  measures to locate a  Securityholder  and
such measures have failed, will be distributed to the Affiliated Purchaser.

                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

     The  following  discussion  contains  summaries of certain legal aspects of
recreational vehicle contracts,  which are general in nature. Because such legal
aspects  are   governed  by   applicable   state  law  (which  laws  may  differ
substantially),  the  summaries do not purport to be complete nor to reflect the
laws of any particular  state,  nor to encompass the laws of all states in which
the security for the Contracts is situated. The summaries are qualified in their
entirety by reference to the  applicable  federal and state laws  governing  the
Contracts.

General

     As a result of the  assignment of the Contracts to the Owner  Trustee,  the
Trust will succeed  collectively  to the rights  (including the right to receive
payment on the Contracts)  and will assume the  obligations of the obligee under
the Contracts. Each Contract evidences both (a) the obligation of the obligor to
repay the loan evidenced  thereby,  and (b) the grant of a security  interest in
the Financed Vehicle to secure  repayment of such loan.  Certain aspects of both
features of the Contracts are described more fully below.

     The Contracts are "chattel paper" as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code
(the "UCC") as in effect in the various  states of origination of the Contracts.
Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to
perfection of a security interest in chattel paper. Under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Servicer will retain possession of the Contracts as custodian for
the Owner  Trustee,  and will  make an  appropriate  filing  of a UCC  financing
statement  in New Jersey to perfect the sale of the  Contracts by the Company to
the Owner Trustee. The Contracts will not be stamped to reflect their assignment
from  CITCF-NY  to CITSF,  from CITSF to the  Company or from the Company to the
Owner Trustee.

     Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be obligated from
time to time to take such actions as are necessary to continue the perfection of
the Trust's  interest in the  Contracts  and the  proceeds  thereof.  CITSF will
warrant in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  with  respect to each  Contract,
that,  as of the Closing Date for each  Initial Contract,  and as of the related


                                       63
<PAGE>

Subsequent Transfer Date for each Subsequent Contract, the Contract has not been
sold,  transferred,  assigned  or pledged by CITSF to any person  other than the
Company,  that immediately prior to the transfer and assignment of the Contracts
to the Company,  CITSF has good and marketable title thereto,  free and clear of
all  liens,   encumbrances,   security  interests  and  rights  of  others  and,
immediately upon the transfer thereof, the Company will have good and marketable
title to the  Contract,  free and  clear of all  liens,  encumbrances,  security
interests and rights of others,  and that the transfer has been perfected  under
applicable  law.  In the event of an uncured  breach of any such  warranty  that
materially adversely affects the interest of the Trust in a Contract transferred
by the Company to the Trust,  the only recourse of the  Certificateholders,  the
Owner Trustee, or the Trust would be to require CITSF to purchase such Contract.

     Pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Servicer  will  have
custody  of  the  Contracts  sold  to  the  Trust.  The  Contracts  and  related
certificates  of title will not be  physically  marked or segregated to indicate
that such Contracts have been sold to the Trust.  If,  through  inadvertence  or
otherwise,  another party purchases (including the taking of a security interest
in) the Contracts for new value in the ordinary course of its business,  without
actual knowledge of the Trust's interest, and takes possession of the Contracts,
such  purchaser  would  acquire an  interest  in the  Contracts  superior to the
interest of the Trust.

Security Interests in the Financed Vehicles

     General.  Installment  sale  contracts  such as the Contracts  evidence the
credit sale of recreational vehicles by dealers to obligors;  the contracts also
constitute  personal property security agreements and include grants of security
interests  in the related  recreational  vehicles  under the UCC. In most states
(including  California),  perfection  rules  relating to security  interests  in
recreational  vehicles are generally  governed under state  certificate of title
statutes  (Alabama,  Connecticut,  Georgia,  Maine,  Massachusetts,   Minnesota,
Mississippi,  New Hampshire, New York, Rhode Island and Vermont have adopted the
Uniform Motor Vehicle Certificate of Title and Anti-Theft Act) or by the vehicle
registration laws of the state in which each recreational vehicle is located. In
states which have adopted the Uniform  Motor  Vehicle  Certificate  of Title and
Anti-Theft Act,  security  interests in  recreational  vehicles may be perfected
either by notation of the secured party's lien on the certificate of title or by
delivery  of the  certificate  of title and  payment of a fee to the state motor
vehicle authority, depending on particular state law. In states that do not have
a  certificate  of title  statute or that make no  provision  for  notation of a
security interest on a certificate of title,  perfection is usually accomplished
by filing  pursuant  to the  provisions  of the UCC. In most  states,  including
California,  a security  interest  in a  recreational  vehicle is  perfected  by
notation of the secured party's lien on the vehicle's certificate of title. Each
Contract  prohibits the sale or transfer of the related Financed Vehicle without
the consent of CITSF.

     Perfection of Sale. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, CITSF will sell and
assign its interests in the Contracts,  including the security  interests in the
Financed Vehicles granted  thereunder,  to the Company and, pursuant to the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Company will sell and assign its interest in the
Contracts,  including the security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles  granted
thereunder,  to the Owner Trustee.  UCC financing statements to perfect the sale
of (i) CITSF's  interests  in the  Contracts  and the  Financed  Vehicles to the
Company and (ii) the  Company's  interests  in the  Contracts  and the  Financed
Vehicles to the Owner Trustee, will be filed.

     Perfection  of CITSF's  Security  Interest in the  Financed  Vehicles.  The
certificates of title relating to the Financed Vehicles name CITSF (or CITCF-NY)
as the  secured  party.  In those  instances  where no  certificate  of title is
applicable under state law, a UCC financing  statement has been filed. CITSF and
CITCF-NY  take all  actions  necessary  under the laws of the state in which the
related  recreational  vehicles are located to perfect their respective security
interests in such recreational vehicles,  including, where applicable,  having a
notation of their respective liens recorded on the related  certificate of title
or delivering the required  documents and fees, and obtaining  possession of the
certificate of title (if possible).  In the event CITSF (or CITCF-NY) fails, due
to  clerical  errors,  to effect  such  notation or  delivery,  or perfects  the
security  interest  under an  inapplicable  statute (for example,  under the UCC
rather than under a motor vehicle title law), the Securityholders may not have a
first priority security interest in the Financed Vehicle securing a Contract. In
the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  CITSF has represented as of the Closing Date
that each  Contract  creates a valid and  enforceable  first  priority  security
interest in favor of CITSF (or  CITCF-NY) or the related  Dealer in the Financed
Vehicle covered  thereby  (which security interest,   if in favor of the related


                                       64
<PAGE>

Dealer (or CITCF-NY), has been assigned to CITSF) and such security interest has
been assigned by CITSF to the Company,  and all necessary action with respect to
such  Contract  has been taken to perfect the  security  interest in the related
Financed  Vehicle  in favor of CITSF  (or  CITCF-NY).  A breach by CITSF of such
warranty that materially  adversely affects the Trust's interest in any Contract
would require CITSF to purchase such Contract unless such breach is cured within
90 days.

     Perfection of Trust's Security Interest in Financed Vehicles. In each case,
except where  applicable  laws require the filing of a UCC financing  statement,
the  certificate of title names CITSF (or CITCF-NY) as the secured party. In the
case of Contracts in which CITCF-NY is the secured party,  CITSF has not amended
the  certificates  of title to  substitute  CITSF as  secured  party.  Moreover,
because of the administrative burden and expense, neither CITSF, the Company nor
the Trust will amend any  certificate  of title to note the lien of the Trust as
the new secured  party on the  certificate  of title  relating  to the  Financed
Vehicles.  However, the Servicer will continue to hold any certificates of title
relating to the Financed  Vehicles in its  possession as custodian for the Trust
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  See "The Purchase Agreements and
the Trust Documents--Sale and Assignment of the Contracts."  Accordingly,  CITSF
(or CITCF-NY) will continue to be named as the secured party on the certificates
of title relating to the Financed Vehicles.

     (i)California.  A security  interest in a motor  vehicle  registered in the
State of  California  (in which the  greatest  number of Financed  Vehicles  are
currently registered) may be perfected only by depositing with the Department of
Motor Vehicles a properly endorsed  certificate of title for the vehicle showing
the  secured  party as "legal  owner"  thereon,  or, if the vehicle has not been
previously registered, an application in usual form for an original registration
together with an  application  for  registration  of the secured party as "legal
owner." However,  under the California  Vehicle Code, a transferee of a security
interest  in a motor  vehicle is not  required to reapply to the  Department  of
Motor  Vehicles  for a  transfer  of  registration  when  the  interest  of  the
transferee  arises  from the  transfer  of a  security  agreement  by the "legal
owner." Accordingly, under California law, an assignment such as that under each
of the Purchase  Agreement and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement is an effective
conveyance of CITSF's and the Company's perfected security interest, as the case
may be,  without  such  re-registration,  and under the Purchase  Agreement  the
Company will succeed to CITSF's,  and under the Sale and Servicing Agreement the
Trust will succeed to the Company's, rights as secured party.

     (ii) Other  States.  In most  states,  assignments  such as those under the
Purchase  Agreement  and the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  are an  effective
conveyance  of a  security  interest  without  amendment  of any lien noted on a
vehicle's  certificate  of  title,  and the  assignee  succeeds  thereby  to the
assignor's  rights as secured party.  Because of the  administrative  burden and
expense,  none of CITSF,  the Company or the Trust will amend any certificate of
title to identify  the Trust as the new  secured  party on the  certificates  of
title  relating  to  the  Financed  Vehicles.  Although  re-registration  of the
recreational  vehicle  in such  states is not  necessary  to convey a  perfected
security interest in the Financed Vehicles to the Trust,  because the Trust will
not be noted as the secured party on the  certificates  of title to the Financed
Vehicles,  its security  interest could be defeated through fraud or negligence.
In the  absence of fraud,  forgery or  administrative  error,  the  notation  of
CITSF's or CITCF-NY's  lien on the  certificates  of title will be sufficient in
most states to protect the Trust against the rights of subsequent  purchasers of
a Financed  Vehicle or subsequent  creditors  who take a security  interest in a
Financed Vehicle.  However, with respect to Financed Vehicles in those states in
which the Trust failed to obtain a first perfected  security interest because it
is not noted as the  secured  party on the  certificate  of title,  the  Trust's
security interest would be subordinate to, among others,  subsequent  purchasers
of such  Financed  Vehicles and holders of first  perfected  security  interests
therein.

     Continuity  of  Perfection.  Under  the laws of most  states,  a  perfected
security interest in a recreational  vehicle continues for four months after the
vehicle is moved to a new state from the one in which it is initially registered
and thereafter until the owner re-registers such recreational vehicle in the new
state.  A majority of states  require  surrender  of a  certificate  of title to
re-register a vehicle.  In those states  (including  California)  that require a
secured  party to hold  possession  of the  certificate  of  title  to  maintain
perfection  of the  security  interest,  the  secured  party  would learn of the
re-registration   through  the  request  from  the  obligor  under  the  related
installment  sale contract to surrender  possession of the certificate of title.
In the case of vehicles registered in states providing for perfection of a motor
vehicle  lien by  notation  of the  lien on the  certificate  of  title  without
possession of the  certificate of title by the secured  party, the secured party
would  receive  notice of  surrender  from the state of  re-registration  if the
security interest were noted on the certificate of



                                       65
<PAGE>

     title. Thus, the secured party would have the opportunity to re-perfect its
security  interest  in the  vehicle in the state to which the  vehicle is moved.
However,  these  procedural  safeguards  will not protect  the secured  party if
through fraud,  forgery or  administrative  error, the debtor somehow procures a
new  certificate  of  title  that  does  not  note  the  secured  party's  lien.
Additionally,  in  states  that  do not  require  a  certificate  of  title  for
registration of a vehicle, re-registration could defeat perfection.

     In the ordinary course of servicing the Contracts, CITSF will take steps to
effect  re-perfection  upon receipt of notice of  re-registration or information
from the obligor as to relocation.  Similarly,  when an obligor sells a Financed
Vehicle,  CITSF must  surrender  possession of the  certificate of title or will
receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and  accordingly  will have
an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Contract before release of
the lien. Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be obligated
to take  appropriate  steps,  at its own expense,  to maintain  perfection  of a
security interest in the Financed Vehicles.

     CITSF, as Servicer, will continue to hold certificates of title relating to
the Financed  Vehicles in its  possession as custodian for the Trust pursuant to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement. In the Sale and Servicing Agreement, CITSF, as
Servicer,  will covenant  that it will not release its security  interest in the
Financed  Vehicle  securing any Contract  except as contemplated by the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement.  CITSF, as Servicer,  will also covenant that it shall not
impair the rights of the Trust in the  Contacts or take any action  inconsistent
with the Trust's ownership of the Contracts, except as permitted by the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement.  A breach of either  such  covenant  that  materially  and
adversely  affects  the  Trust's  interest in any  Contract,  would  require the
Servicer to purchase such Contract unless such breach is cured within the period
specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     Priority of Certain  Liens  Arising by Operation of Law.  Under the laws of
California  and of most states,  liens for repairs  performed on a  recreational
vehicle and liens for unpaid  taxes take  priority  over even a first  perfected
security  interest  in such  vehicle.  The  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended,  also grants  priority to certain  federal tax liens over the lien of a
secured  party.   The  laws  of  certain  states  and  federal  law  permit  the
confiscation  of  motor  vehicles  by  governmental  authorities  under  certain
circumstances if used in unlawful activities,  which may result in the loss of a
secured  party's  perfected  security  interest  in a  confiscated  recreational
vehicle.  CITSF will  represent and warrant in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
that, as of the Closing Date, there were, to the best of CITSF's  knowledge,  no
liens or claims which have been filed for work,  labor or materials  affecting a
Financed Vehicle  securing a Contract,  which are or may be liens prior or equal
to the lien of the Contract.  However, liens for repairs or taxes could arise at
any time  during the term of a  Contract.  No notice  will be given to the Owner
Trustee or Securityholders  in the event such a lien or confiscation  arises and
any such lien or confiscation  arising after the date of initial issuance of the
Securities  would  not give  rise to an  obligation  of CITSF  to  purchase  the
Contract under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

Repossession

     In  the  event  of  default  by an  obligor,  the  holder  of  the  related
installment sale contract has all the remedies of a secured party under the UCC,
except  where  specifically  limited by other state laws.  The UCC remedies of a
secured party include the right to repossession by self-help means,  unless such
means would  constitute  a breach of the peace.  Self-help  repossession  is the
method  employed  by the  Servicer in most cases and is  accomplished  simply by
taking  possession  of the  related  recreational  vehicle.  In cases  where the
obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession, or if otherwise required by
applicable state law, a court order must be obtained from the appropriate  state
court,  and the vehicle must then be recovered in accordance with that order. In
some jurisdictions (not including California),  the secured party is required to
notify the debtor of the default and the intent to repossess the  collateral and
be given a time period within which to cure the default  prior to  repossession.
In most states (including  California),  under certain  circumstances  after the
vehicle has been repossessed,  the obligor may reinstate the related contract by
paying the delinquent installments and other amounts due.



                                       66
<PAGE>

Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights

     The UCC and other  state laws  require  the  secured  party to provide  the
obligor with  reasonable  notice of the date,  time and place of any public sale
and or the date after which any private sale of the  collateral may be held. The
obligor  has the right to redeem the  collateral  prior to actual sale by paying
the  secured  party the  unpaid  principal  balance of the  obligation,  accrued
interest  thereon  plus  reasonable  expenses  for  repossessing,   holding  and
preparing the collateral for  disposition  and arranging for its sale,  plus, in
some jurisdictions,  reasonable attorneys' fees or in some states, by payment of
delinquent   installments  or  the  unpaid  principal  balance  of  the  related
obligation.

Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds

     The proceeds of resale of the Financed  Vehicles  generally will be applied
first to the expenses of resale and repossession and then to the satisfaction of
the related  indebtedness.  While some states impose prohibitions or limitations
on  deficiency  judgments if the net proceeds  from resale do not cover the full
amount of the  indebtedness,  a deficiency  judgment can be sought in California
and certain  other  states  that do not  prohibit  or limit such  judgments.  In
addition to the notice  requirement,  the UCC requires  that every aspect of the
sale or other disposition,  including the method, manner, time, place and terms,
be  "commercially  reasonable."  Most  courts  have held that when a sale is not
"commercially  reasonable,"  the secured  party loses its right to a  deficiency
judgment.  In addition,  the UCC permits the debtor or other interested party to
recover for any loss caused by  noncompliance  with the  provisions  of the UCC.
Also, prior to a sale, the UCC permits the debtor or other interested  person to
restrain the secured party from disposing of the collateral if it is established
that the  secured  party is not  proceeding  in  accordance  with the  "default"
provisions under the UCC. However,  the deficiency  judgment would be a personal
judgment  against the obligor for the  shortfall,  and a defaulting  obligor may
have very little capital or sources of income available following  repossession.
Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a deficiency judgment or,
if  one  is  obtained,  it  may  be  settled  at a  significant  discount  or be
uncollectible.

     Occasionally,  after  resale of a  recreational  vehicle and payment of all
expenses and  indebtedness,  there is a surplus of funds.  In that case, the UCC
requires the creditor to remit the surplus to any holder of a  subordinate  lien
with respect to such  vehicle or, if no such  lienholder  exists,  to the former
owner of the vehicle.

Certain Matters Relating to Insolvency

     CITSF and the Company  intend that the transfer of Contracts  from CITCF-NY
to  CITSF,  from  CITSF  to the  Company  and  from  the  Company  to the  Trust
constitutes   a  sale,   rather  than  a  pledge  of  the  Contracts  to  secure
indebtedness. However, if CITCF-NY, CITSF or the Company were to become a debtor
under  Title 11 of the  United  States  Code,  11  U.S.C.  ss.101  et seq.  (the
"Bankruptcy  Code"),  it is possible that a creditor,  receiver,  other party in
interest  or  trustee  in  bankruptcy  of  CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the  Company,  or
CITCF-NY, CITSF or the Company as debtor-in-possession,  may argue that the sale
of the Contracts by CITCF-NY to CITSF,  CITSF to the Company,  or by the Company
to the Trust, respectively, was a pledge of the Contracts rather than a sale and
that,  accordingly,  such Contracts  should be part of such entity's  bankruptcy
estate.  Such  a  position,   if  presented  to  a  court,  even  if  ultimately
unsuccessful,  could result in a delay in or reduction of  distributions  to the
Securityholders.

     The CIT GP  Corporation  II, a  Delaware  corporation  and a  wholly  owned
subsidiary  of  CIT  (the  "Affiliated  Purchaser"),  will  purchase  1% of  the
principal  balance of the Certificates.  The Affiliated  Purchaser will have the
same rights with  regard to the Trust as all other  Certificateholders  based on
its percentage  ownership of the Certificate  Balance.  The Trust Agreement will
provide that if an  Insolvency  Event with respect to the  Affiliated  Purchaser
occurs,  subject to certain conditions,  the Trust will dissolve.  Certain steps
have been taken in structuring  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby that are
intended  to make it less likely that an  Insolvency  Event with  respect to the
Affiliated  Purchaser  will occur.  These steps  include  the  formation  of the
Affiliated  Purchaser  as a separate,  limited-purpose  corporation  pursuant to
articles of incorporation containing certain limitations (including restrictions
on the nature of the  Affiliated  Purchaser's  business and a restriction on the
Affiliated  Purchaser's ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under


                                       67
<PAGE>

the United States Bankruptcy Code or similar  applicable state laws ("Insolvency
Laws") without the prior affirmative unanimous vote of its directors).  However,
there can be no assurance  that the  activities or liabilities of the Affiliated
Purchaser would not result in an Insolvency Event.

     Although  other courts have held  otherwise,  a case  (Octagon Gas Systems,
Inc. v. Rimmer,  995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir.),  cert.  denied 114 S.Ct.  554 (1993))
decided by the United  States  Court of Appeals for the Tenth  Circuit  contains
language to the effect that, under Article 9 of the UCC,  "accounts" (as defined
in the UCC) sold by a debtor  would remain  property of the debtor's  bankruptcy
estate, whether or not the sale of the accounts was perfected under the UCC. UCC
Article 9 applies to the sale of "chattel paper" (as defined in the UCC) as well
as the sale of "accounts" and, although the Contracts  constitute  chattel paper
under the UCC rather than  accounts,  perfection of a security  interest in both
chattel paper and accounts may be accomplished  under the UCC by the filing of a
UCC financing statement. If, following a bankruptcy of CITCF-NY, CITSF or of the
Company,  a court were to follow the reasoning of the Tenth Circuit reflected in
the case described above, then the Contracts would be included in the bankruptcy
estate of  CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the  Company,  as the case may be,  and delays in
payments of collections on or in respect of the Contracts,  or loss of principal
and interest in respect of the Securities, could occur.

     The Company  has taken  steps in  structuring  the  transactions  described
herein that are intended to make it unlikely that the  voluntary or  involuntary
application  for relief by or against CITSF under the Bankruptcy Code or similar
applicable  state  laws   (collectively,   "Insolvency  Laws")  will  result  in
consolidation  of the assets and  liabilities  of the Company with those of CIT.
These   steps   include  the   creation  of  the  Company  as  a   wholly-owned,
limited-purpose  subsidiary  of CIT pursuant to a certificate  of  incorporation
containing  certain  limitations  (including  restrictions  on the nature of the
Company's business).  Additionally,  the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
prohibits merger,  consolidation and the sale of all or substantially all of its
assets in certain circumstances, without the prior affirmative unanimous vote of
its directors including all independent directors.

Consumer Protection Laws

     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose  substantial  requirements  upon  creditors  and  servicers  involved  in
consumer finance.  These laws include the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity  Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act,
the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection  Practices  Act, the
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations B and Z, the
Soldiers'  and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act,  the Military  Reservist  Relief Act,
state  adaptations  of the  National  Consumer  Act and of the Uniform  Consumer
Credit Code and state  motor  vehicle  retail  installment  sales  acts,  retail
installment  sales acts and other similar laws. Also, the laws of California and
of certain other states impose finance charge ceilings and other restrictions on
consumer  transactions  and require  contract  disclosures  in addition to those
required  under  federal  law.  These  requirements  impose  specific  statutory
liabilities  upon  creditors who fail to comply with their  provisions.  In some
cases,  this liability could affect the ability of an assignee such as the Owner
Trustee to enforce consumer finance contracts such as the Contracts.

     The so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course  Rule" of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC Rule"),  has the effect of subjecting  any assignee of the seller in a
consumer credit  transaction to all claims and defenses which the obligor in the
transaction  could assert against the seller of the goods.  Liability  under the
FTC Rule is limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under the  contract,  and
the holder of the contract  may also be unable to collect any balance  remaining
due  thereunder  from the obligor.  The FTC Rule is generally  duplicated by the
Uniform  Consumer Credit Code, other state statutes or the common law in certain
states.  Most of the Contracts  will be subject to the  requirements  of the FTC
Rule.  Accordingly,  the Owner  Trustee,  as holder  of the  Contracts,  will be
subject to any claims or defenses  that the  purchaser  of the related  Financed
Vehicle may assert against the seller of the Financed  Vehicle.  Such claims are
limited to a maximum  liability  equal to the amounts paid by the Obligor  under
the related Contracts.

     Under California law and most state vehicle dealer licensing laws,  sellers
of recreational  vehicles are required to be licensed to sell vehicles at retail
sale.   Numerous  other  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws  impose
requirements  applicable to the origination and assignment of retail installment
sale contracts, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Federal Trade Commission


                                       68
<PAGE>

Act,  the Fair Credit  Billing  Act,  the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act, the Equal
Credit  Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt Collection  Practices Act and the Uniform
Consumer  Credit Code. In the case of some of these laws,  the failure to comply
with their provisions may affect the enforceability of the related Contract. The
Trust and the Company may not have  obtained  all  licenses  required  under any
federal or state consumer laws or regulations,  and the absence of such licenses
may impede the enforcement of certain rights or give rise to certain defenses in
actions seeking enforcement rights. In addition,  with respect to used vehicles,
the Federal Trade  Commission's  Rule on Sale of Used Vehicles requires that all
sellers of used vehicles prepare,  complete, and display a "Buyer's Guide" which
explains the warranty coverage for such vehicles. Furthermore,  Federal Odometer
Regulations promulgated under the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act
require that all sellers of used vehicles furnish a written  statement signed by
the seller certifying the accuracy of the odometer  reading.  If a seller is not
properly licensed or if either a Buyer's Guide or Odometer Disclosure  Statement
was not provided to the purchaser of a Financed Vehicle, the obligor may be able
to assert a defense against the seller of the Financed Vehicle.

     Courts  have  applied  general  equitable  principles  to  secured  parties
pursuing  repossession  or  litigation  involving  deficiency  balances.   These
equitable  principles  may have the effect of  relieving an obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.

     In several cases,  consumers  have asserted that the self-help  remedies of
secured  parties  under  the UCC  and  related  laws  violate  the  due  process
protections of the Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States
of America. Courts have generally either upheld the notice provisions of the UCC
and related laws as  reasonable or have found that the  creditor's  repossession
and  resale do not  involve  sufficient  state  action to afford  constitutional
protection to consumers.

     CITSF will  represent and warrant  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
that  each  Contract  complies  with  all  requirements  of law in all  material
respects.  A  breach  of  such  representation  and  warranty  which  materially
adversely  affects the  interests  of the Trust in any  Contract  will create an
obligation of CITSF to purchase such Contract.  See "The Purchase Agreements and
The Trust Documents--Sale and Assignment of the Contracts."

Other Limitations

     In  addition  to the laws  limiting or  prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous other  statutory  provisions,  including  federal  bankruptcy  laws and
related state laws,  may  interfere  with or affect the ability of a creditor to
realize upon  collateral  or enforce a deficiency  judgment.  For example,  in a
Chapter 13 proceeding  under the federal  bankruptcy  law, a court may prevent a
creditor  from  repossessing  a  recreational  vehicle,  and,  as  part  of  the
rehabilitation plan, reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market
value of the  recreational  vehicle at the time of bankruptcy  (as determined by
the  court),  leaving  the party  providing  financing  as a  general  unsecured
creditor for the  remainder  of the  indebtedness.  A bankruptcy  court may also
reduce the monthly payments due under the related contract or change the rate of
interest and time of repayment of the indebtedness.

     Under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act, an obligor
who enters the military service after the origination of such obligor's contract
(including  an obligor  who is a member of the  National  Guard or is in reserve
status at the time of the  origination  of the  obligor's  contract and is later
called to active  duty) may not be charged  interest  above an annual rate of 6%
during the period of such  obligor's  active duty status,  unless a court orders
otherwise upon application of the lender. In addition,  pursuant to the Military
Reservist Relief Act, under certain  circumstances,  California residents called
into active duty with the reserves can delay payments on retail installment sale
contracts,  including  the  Contracts,  for a period,  not to  exceed  180 days,
beginning with the order to active duty and ending 30 days after release.  It is
possible that the foregoing  could have an effect on the ability of the Servicer
to collect  full amounts of interest on certain of the  Contracts.  In addition,
the Relief  Acts  impose  limitations  which  would  impair  the  ability of the
Servicer to repossess a Financed Vehicle subject to an affected  Contract during
the  Obligor's  period of active  duty  status.  Thus,  in the event that such a
Contract  goes  into  default,  there  may be delays  and  losses  caused by the
inability to realize upon the related Financed Vehicle in a timely fashion.

                                       69
<PAGE>

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Set forth below is a summary of certain Federal income tax  consequences of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Securities, applicable to initial
purchasers of the Securities.  Schulte Roth & Zabel, counsel for the Trust is of
the  opinion  that the  discussion  hereunder  fully and  fairly  discloses  all
material  Federal  tax  risks  associated  with  the  purchase,   ownership  and
disposition of the Securities.

     This  summary  does not deal with all  aspects of Federal  income  taxation
applicable to all categories of holders of the Securities,  some of which may be
subject to special rules or special treatment under the Federal income tax laws.
For example,  it does not discuss the specific tax treatment of  Securityholders
that are insurance  companies,  banks and certain other financial  institutions,
regulated  investment  companies,  individual  retirement  accounts,  tax-exempt
organizations or dealers in securities.  Furthermore, this summary is based upon
present  provisions  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the
"Code"),  the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,   and  judicial  or  ruling
authority,  all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive.
Moreover,  there are no cases or Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS")  rulings on
similar  transactions  involving a trust that  issues debt and equity  interests
with terms similar to those of the Notes and the Certificates.  As a result, the
IRS may disagree with all or part of the discussion below.

     Prospective  investors  are advised to consult  their own tax advisors with
regard to the Federal  income tax  consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and
disposition of the Securities, as well as the tax consequences arising under the
laws of any state,  foreign  country or other  jurisdiction.  The Trust has been
provided  with an  opinion  of  Schulte  Roth & Zabel  regarding  certain of the
Federal income tax matters discussed below. An opinion of counsel,  however,  is
not binding on the IRS, and no ruling on any of the issues  discussed below will
be sought from the IRS.

Certain Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Notes

     Tax  Characterization of the Notes and the Trust.  Schulte Roth & Zabel has
advised  the Trust  that,  based on the terms of the Notes and the  transactions
relating to the Contracts as set forth herein, the Notes will be treated as debt
for Federal income tax purposes.  However,  there is no specific  authority with
respect to the  characterization  for Federal  income tax purposes of securities
having the same terms as the Notes.

     Schulte Roth & Zabel is also of the opinion that,  based on the  applicable
provisions of the Trust Agreement and related documents,  for Federal income tax
purposes,  (i) the Trust will not be classified as an  association  taxable as a
corporation  and (ii)  the  Trust  will  not be  treated  as a  publicly  traded
partnership taxable as a corporation. However, there are no authorities directly
dealing with similar transactions.  If the IRS were to successfully characterize
the Trust as an  association  taxable as a  corporation  for Federal  income tax
purposes,  the  income  from the  Contracts  (reduced  by  deductions,  possibly
including  interest  on the Notes)  would be  subject  to Federal  income tax at
corporate  rates,  which could reduce the amounts  available to make payments on
the  Notes.  Likewise,  if the Trust were  subject  to state or local  income or
franchise  tax, the amount of cash  available to make payment on the Notes could
be reduced.

     If, contrary to the opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel,  the IRS  successfully
asserted that the Notes were not debt for Federal income tax purposes, the Notes
might be treated as equity  interests  in the Trust.  If so, the Trust  might be
taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences  described above (and the
taxable  corporation  would not be able to deduct  interest on the  Notes).  The
remainder of this discussion  assumes that the Notes will be treated as debt and
that the Trust will not be taxable as a corporation.

     Interest  Income on the  Notes.  The stated  interest  on the Notes will be
taxable  to a  Noteholder  as  ordinary  income  when  received  or  accrued  in
accordance with such Noteholder's  method of tax accounting.  Some or all of the
Notes may be issued with "original issue discount" within the meaning of Section
1273 of the  Code  ("OID").  The  amount  of OID on the  Notes  will  equal  the
difference  between the issue price and the principal amount of the Notes unless
the OID is less then a statutorily defined de minimus amount.

     OID will  accrue  to the  Noteholders  over the life of the  Notes,  taking
account of a  reasonable  prepayment  assumption,  based on a constant  yield to
maturity method, using semi-annual compounding, and properly adjusted for actual
prepayments on the Contracts.  The portion of OID that accrues during the time a
Noteholder   owns  the  Notes  (i)  constitutes   interest   includable  in  the
Noteholder's  gross income for federal  income tax purposes and (ii) is added to


                                       70
<PAGE>

the  Noteholder's  tax basis for  purposes  of  determining  gain or loss on the
maturity,  redemption,  prior sale, or other disposition of the Notes. Thus, the
effect of OID is to  increase  the  amount of  taxable  income  above the actual
interest payments during the life of the Notes.

     Sale or Other  Disposition.  If a Noteholder  sells a Note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the  difference  between the amount
realized  on the sale and the  holder's  adjusted  tax  basis in the  Note.  The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular  Noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the Note,  increased by any OID,  market  discount and gain  previously
included by such  Noteholder in income with respect to the Note and decreased by
the  amount  of any bond  premium  previously  amortized  and by the  amount  of
principal payments  previously  received by such Noteholder with respect to such
Note.  Subject to the rules of the Code concerning market discount on the Notes,
any such  gain or loss  will be  capital  gain or loss if the Note was held as a
capital  asset.  Capital  losses  generally  may be  deducted  to the extent the
Noteholder has capital gains for the taxable year, and non-corporate Noteholders
can deduct a limited amount of such losses in excess of available capital gains.

     Foreign  Holders.  If interest  paid (or accrued) to a Noteholder  who is a
nonresident  alien,  foreign  corporation or other  non-United  States person (a
"foreign  person") is not  effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or
business within the United States by the foreign person,  the interest generally
will be considered  "portfolio  interest,"  and generally will not be subject to
United States Federal income tax and withholding  tax, if the foreign person (i)
is not  actually  or  constructively  a "10  percent  shareholder"  of the Trust
(including a holder of 10% of the  outstanding  Certificates)  or the Affiliated
Purchaser nor a "controlled foreign corporation" with respect to which the Trust
or the Affiliated Purchaser is a "related person" within the meaning of the Code
and (ii)  provides the person  otherwise  required to withhold  U.S. tax with an
appropriate  statement,  signed under penalties of perjury,  certifying that the
beneficial  owner of the Note is a foreign  person  and  providing  the  foreign
person's name and address. If the information provided in the statement changes,
the foreign person must so inform the person otherwise required to withhold U.S.
tax within 30 days of such change.  The statement  generally must be provided in
the year a payment occurs or in either of the two preceding  years. If a Note is
held through a  securities  clearing  organization  or certain  other  financial
institutions,  the organization or institution may provide a signed statement to
the  withholding  agent.  However,  in that case,  the signed  statement must be
accompanied by a Form W-8 or substitute form provided by the foreign person that
owns the Note. If such interest is not portfolio  interest,  then any payment of
such interest will be subject to United States Federal withholding tax at a rate
of 30%,  unless  reduced or  eliminated  pursuant  to an  applicable  income tax
treaty.

     Any capital  gain  realized on the sale,  redemption,  retirement  or other
taxable  disposition  of a Note by a foreign  person  will be exempt from United
States Federal  income and  withholding  tax,  provided that (i) the gain is not
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States  by the  foreign  person  and (ii) in the case of an  individual  foreign
person,  the foreign  individual is present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year or does not have a tax home in the United States.

     If the  interest,  gain or income  on a Note  held by a  foreign  person is
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States  by  the  foreign  person  (although  exempt  from  the  withholding  tax
previously  discussed  if the holder  provides an  appropriate  statement),  the
holder  generally  will be subject to United  States  Federal  income tax on the
interest,  gain or income at regular Federal income tax rates.  In addition,  if
the  foreign  person is a foreign  corporation,  it may be  subject  to a branch
profits tax equal to 30% of its  "effectively  connected  earnings  and profits"
within the meaning of the Code for the  taxable  year,  as adjusted  for certain
items,  unless it  qualifies  for a lower  rate under an  applicable  income tax
treaty (as modified by the branch profits tax rules).

     Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. The Trust will be required to
report  annually to the IRS,  and to each  Noteholder  of record,  the amount of
interest  paid on the Notes (and the amount of accrued OID, if any, and interest
withheld for Federal income taxes, if any) for each calendar year,  except as to
exempt   holders   (generally,   holders  that  are   corporations,   tax-exempt
organizations,   qualified  pension  and   profit-sharing   trusts,   individual
retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who provide certification as to their
status as nonresidents). Accordingly, each holder (other than exempt holders who
are not  subject to the  reporting  requirements)  will be  required to provide,
under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name, address,
correct Federal taxpayer  identification  number and a statement that the holder
is not subject to backup  withholding.  Should a non-exempt  Noteholder  fail to
provide the required  certification,  the  Trust   will  be required to withhold

                                       71
<PAGE>

31% of the amount otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld amount
to the IRS as a credit against the holder's Federal income tax liability.

Certain Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Certificates

     Tax  Characterization  of the  Trust.  The  Affiliated  Purchaser  and  the
Servicer have agreed, and the Certificateholders will agree by their purchase of
Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of Federal income
tax, with the assets of the partnership  being the assets held by the Trust, the
partners of the  partnership  being the  Certificateholders  and the Notes being
debt of the partnership. However, the proper characterization of the arrangement
involving the Trust, the Certificates,  the Notes, the Affiliated Purchaser, and
the Servicer is not clear because there is no authority on transactions  closely
comparable to that contemplated herein.

     If the Trust were held to be an "association"  taxable as a corporation for
Federal  income tax  purposes,  rather  than a  partnership,  the Trust would be
subject to a corporate  level  income tax. Any such  corporate  income tax could
materially  reduce or eliminate cash that would otherwise be distributable  with
respect to the Certificates (and Certificateholders could be liable for any such
tax that is unpaid by the Trust). See also the discussion above under "--Certain
Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Notes--Tax  Characterization of the
Notes and the Trust". However, in the opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel, the Trust
will not be classified as an association taxable as a corporation because of the
nature  of  its  income  and  because  it  will  not  have  certain  "corporate"
characteristics necessary for a business trust to be an association taxable as a
corporation.

     Nonetheless,   because   of  the  lack  of  cases  or  rulings  on  similar
transactions,  a  variety  of  alternative  characterizations  are  possible  in
addition to the position to be taken by Certificateholders that the Certificates
represent  equity  interests  in  a  partnership.   For  example,   because  the
Certificates  have certain  features  characteristic  of debt, the  Certificates
might be  considered  debt of the Trust or of the Seller.  The remainder of this
summary  assumes  that  the   Certificates   represent  equity  interests  in  a
partnership that owns the Contracts.

     Partnership  Taxation.  As a partnership,  the Trust will not be subject to
federal  income tax, but each  Certificateholder  will be required to separately
take into  account  such  holder's  allocated  share of income,  gains,  losses,
deductions and credits of the Trust. In certain  instances,  however,  the Trust
could have an  obligation  to make  payments of  withholding  tax on behalf of a
Certificateholder.  See "Backup  Withholding"  and "Tax  Consequences to Foreign
Owners of  Certificates"  below.  The Trust's  income will consist  primarily of
interest accrued on the Contracts including  appropriate  adjustments for market
discount  (as  discussed  below),  and any  original  issue  discount  and  bond
premium),   investment  income  from  investments  in  the  Trust  Accounts  and
Certificate  Distribution Account and any gain upon collection or disposition of
the  Contracts.  The  Trust's  deductions  will  consist  primarily  of interest
accruing  with  respect  to the  Notes,  servicing  and other fees and losses or
deductions upon collection or disposition of the Contracts.

     The tax items of a partnership  are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code,  Treasury  regulations and the partnership  agreement  (here, the
Trust  Agreement and Related  Documents).  The Trust Agreement will provide that
the  Certificateholders  will be allocated  taxable income of the Trust for each
Interest  Period equal to the sum of (i) the amount of interest  that accrues on
the Certificates for such Interest Accrual Period based on the Certificate Rate;
(ii) an amount  equivalent to interest that accrues during such Interest Accrual
Period on amounts  previously due on the  Certificates  but not yet distributed;
and (iii) any Trust  income  attributable  to  discount  on the  Contracts  that
corresponds to any excess of the principal amount of the Certificates over their
initial issue price. All remaining taxable income of the Trust will be allocated
to the Affiliated  Purchaser.  It is believed that this allocation will be valid
under applicable Treasury  regulations,  although no assurance can be given that
the IRS would  not  require a  greater  amount  of  income  to be  allocated  to
Certificateholders.  Moreover, under the foregoing method of allocation, holders
may be  allocated  income  greater  than the amount of interest  accruing on the
Certificates  based on the Pass-Through  Rate or may be allocated income greater
than the amount of cash distributed to them.

     An  individual  taxpayer  may  generally  deduct   miscellaneous   itemized
deductions  (which do not  include  interest  expenses)  only to the extent they
exceed two percent of the individual's  adjusted gross income. Those limitations
would apply to an individual  Certificateholder's share of expenses of the Trust
(including fees paid to the Servicer) and might result in such holder having net
taxable  income that  exceeds the amount of cash  actually  distributed  to such


                                       72
<PAGE>

holder over the life of the Trust. In addition,  Section 68 of the Code provides
that the amount of  certain  itemized  deductions  otherwise  allowable  for the
taxable  year  of  an  individual   whose   adjusted  gross  income  exceeds  an
inflation-adjusted  threshold amount specified in the Code ($176,956 for taxable
years  beginning in 1996,  in the case of a joint return) will be reduced by the
lesser of (i) 3% of the  excess of  adjusted  gross  income  over the  specified
threshold  amount or (ii) 80% of the  amount  of  itemized  deduction  otherwise
allowable for such taxable year.

     The Trust  intends  to make all tax  calculations  relating  to income  and
allocations  to  Certificateholders  on an aggregate  basis.  If the IRS were to
require that such calculations be made separately for each of the Contracts, the
Trust might be required to incur  additional  expense,  but it is believed  that
there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

     Market  Discount.  To the extent that the  Contracts  are  purchased by the
Trust for a price that is less than the  aggregate  stated  redemption  price at
maturity of the Contracts,  the Trust must account for "market  discount" on the
Contracts  pursuant to Section  1276 of the Code.  Any market  discount  will be
accounted for each of the Contracts on an individual  basis,  and the Trust will
make an election to calculate such market discount as it  economically  accrues.
Any income  resulting  from the accrual of market  discount will be allocated to
the Certificateholders as described above.

     Original Issue Discount and Bond Premium. It is believed that the Contracts
were not and will not be issued with OID or at a premium,  and,  therefore,  the
Trust should not have OID income or amortizable bond premium.

     Section 708 Termination.  Under Section 708 of the Code, a partnership will
be deemed to  terminate  for Federal  income tax  purposes if 50% or more of the
capital and profits  interests in the partnership are sold or exchanged within a
12-month  period.  If  such  a  termination  occurs,  the  partnership  will  be
considered to distribute  its assets to the partners,  who would then be treated
as  recontributing  those assets to a new partnership.  The Trust may not comply
with certain  technical  requirements  that might apply when such a constructive
termination  occurs.  As a result,  the  Trust may be  subject  to  certain  tax
penalties  and may incur  additional  expenses  if it is required to comply with
those  requirements.  Furthermore,  the Trust might not be able to comply due to
lack of data.

     Disposition  of  Certificates.  Generally,  capital  gain or  loss  will be
recognized  on a sale of a  Certificate  in an  amount  equal to the  difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificate  sold.
A  Certificateholder's  tax basis in a Certificate will generally equal his cost
increased  by his share of Trust income that is  includable  in his gross income
and decreased by any distributions received with respect to such Certificate. In
addition,  both the tax basis in the  Certificate  and the amount  realized on a
sale of a Certificate  would  include the holder's  share of the Notes and other
liabilities of the Trust. A holder  acquiring  Certificates at different  prices
may be  required  to  maintain  a single  aggregate  adjusted  tax basis in such
Certificates,  and, upon sale or other  disposition of some of the Certificates,
allocate a pro rata portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates sold
(rather than  maintaining a separate tax basis in each  Certificate for purposes
of computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).

     Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share of
unrecognized accrued market discount on the Contracts would generally be treated
as ordinary  income to the holder and would give rise to special  tax  reporting
requirements. The Trust does not expect to have any other assets that would give
rise to such  special  reporting  requirements.  Thus,  to avoid  these  special
reporting requirements, the Trust will elect to include any such market discount
in income as it accrues.

     If a  Certificateholder  is required to recognize  an  aggregate  amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed  miscellaneous  itemized
deductions  described above) over the life of the Certificates  that exceeds the
aggregate cash  distributions  with respect thereto,  such excess will generally
give rise to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

     Allocations  Between  Transferor and  Transferee.  In general,  the Trust's
taxable  income and losses  will be  determined  monthly and the tax items for a
particular  calendar month will be apportioned among the  Certificateholders  in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing Certificates may
be allocated tax items (which will affect the tax liability and tax basis of the
holder) attributable to periods before the actual purchase takes place.


                                       73
<PAGE>

     The use of such a  monthly  convention  may not be  permitted  by  existing
regulations.  If a monthly  convention  is not allowed  (or is allowed  only for
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest),  taxable income or losses
of the Trust might be reallocated among the  Certificateholders.  The Affiliated
Purchaser  is  authorized  to revise the Trust's  method of  allocation  between
transferors  and  transferees  to  conform to a method  permitted  by any future
authority.

     Section  754  Election.  In the  event  that a  Certificateholder  sells  a
Certificate at a profit (or loss), the purchasing  Certificateholder will have a
higher (or lower) basis in the  Certificate  than the selling  Certificateholder
had.  The tax basis of the Trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect  that
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust files an election  under Section 754 of
the  Code.  In order to avoid  the  administrative  complexities  that  would be
involved in keeping accurate  accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements, the Trust will not make such an election. As
a result,  Certificateholders  might be allocated a greater or lesser  amount of
Trust income than would be  appropriate  based on their own  purchase  price for
Certificates.

     Administrative  Matters. The Servicer,  on behalf of the Trust, is required
to keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of the Trust. Such books
will be maintained for financial  reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis
and the taxable  year of the Trust will be the  calendar  year.  The  Affiliated
Purchaser  will file a partnership  information  return (IRS Form 1065) with the
IRS for each  taxable  year of the Trust and will report to holders  (and to the
IRS)  each  Certificateholder's  allocable  share of items of Trust  income  and
expense on Schedule K-1. The Trust will provide the Schedule K-1  information to
nominees that fail to provide the Trust with the information statement described
below and such  nominees  will be required to forward  such  information  to the
beneficial owners of the Certificates.  Generally, holders must file tax returns
that  are  consistent  with the  information  returns  filed by the  Trust or be
subject  to  penalties   unless  the  holder   notifies  the  IRS  of  all  such
inconsistencies.

     Under  Section 6031 of the Code,  any person that holds  Certificates  as a
nominee  on  behalf of  another  person at any time  during a  calendar  year is
required to furnish the Trust with a statement containing certain information on
the  nominee,   the  beneficial  owners  and  the  Certificates  so  held.  Such
information includes (i) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of
the  nominee  and (ii) as to each  beneficial  owner (x) the name,  address  and
taxpayer  identification  number of such  person,  (y) whether  such person is a
United  States  person,  a  tax-exempt  entity  or  a  foreign  government,   an
international  organization,  or any wholly owned agency or  instrumentality  of
either of the foregoing and (z) certain information concerning Certificates that
were held, acquired or transferred on behalf of such person throughout the year.
In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates through a
nominee  are  required  to  furnish  directly  to the  Trust  information  as to
themselves and their ownership of  Certificates.  A clearing  agency  registered
under  Section 17A of the Exchange Act that holds  Certificates  as a nominee is
not  required  to furnish  any such  information  statement  to the  Trust.  The
information  referred to above for any  calendar  year must be  furnished to the
Trust on or before the  following  January 31.  Nominees,  brokers and financial
institutions that fail to provide the Trust with the information described above
may be subject to penalties. The Trust will provide the Schedule K-1 information
to nominees that fail to provide the Trust with the information  described above
and such nominees will be required to forward such information to the beneficial
owners of the Certificates.

     The Affiliated Purchaser, as the "tax matters partner", will be responsible
for representing the Certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS with respect
to  partnership  items.  The Code provides for  administrative  examination of a
partnership  as if  the  partnership  were a  separate  and  distinct  taxpayer.
Generally,  the statute of  limitations  for  partnership  items does not expire
before three years after the date on which the partnership information return is
filed. Any adverse  determination  following an audit of the return of the Trust
by the  appropriate  taxing  authorities  could result in an  adjustment  of the
returns  of  the  Certificateholders,   and,  under  certain  circumstances,   a
Certificateholder  may  be  precluded  from  separately  litigating  a  proposed
adjustment  to the items of the Trust.  An  adjustment  could also  result in an
audit of a  Certificateholder's  returns and adjustments of items not related to
the income and losses of the Trust.

     Backup  Withholding.  Distributions  made on the  Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates  may be subject to a "backup"  withholding tax
of 31% if,  in  general,  the  Certificateholder  fails to comply  with  certain
identification  procedures,  unless  the  holder  is an exempt  recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.


                                       74
<PAGE>

    Tax Consequences to Foreign Owners of Certificates.  As discussed below, an
investment in a Certificate is not suitable for any non-U.S. person which is not
eligible for a complete exemption from U.S.  withholding tax on interest under a
tax treaty with the United  States.  Accordingly,  no interest in a  Certificate
should be acquired by or on behalf of any such non-U.S. person.

     No regulations,  published  rulings or judicial  decisions exist that would
discuss the  characterization  for Federal withholding tax purposes with respect
to non-U.S.  persons of a partnership with activities  substantially the same as
the Trust.  However, it is not expected that the trust would be considered to be
engaged in a trade or  business  in the United  States for  purposes  of Federal
withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S. persons. If the Trust were considered
to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States for such purposes, the
income of the Trust  distributable  to a  non-U.S.  person  would be  subject to
Federal  withholding  tax at a rate of 35% for persons  taxable as a corporation
and 39.6% for all other non-U.S.  persons. Also, in such cases, a non-U.S. owner
of a Certificate that is a corporation may be subject to the branch profits tax.
If the Trust is notified that an owner of a Certificate is a foreign person, the
Trust may  withhold  as if it were  engaged in a trade or business in the United
States in order to protect the Trust from  possible  adverse  consequences  of a
failure to withhold. Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the issuance
of other  administrative  pronouncements  may  require  the Trust to change  its
withholding procedures.

     Each  foreign  owner  of a  Certificate  might be  required  to file a U.S.
individual  or  corporate  income  tax  return  (including  in  the  case  of  a
corporation,  the branch profits tax) on its share of the Trust's  income.  Each
foreign owner of a Certificate must obtain a taxpayer identification number from
the IRS and submit that number to the withholding  agent on Form W-8 in order to
assure  appropriate  crediting  of any  taxes  withheld.  A  foreign  owner of a
Certificate  generally would be entitled to file with the IRS a claim for refund
with  respect to  withheld  taxes,  taking the  position  that no taxes were due
because the Trust was not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. However, interest
payments  made to (or  accrued  by) an owner of a  Certificate  who is a foreign
person may be  considered  guaranteed  payments to the extent such  payments are
determined  without  regard to the  income  of the Trust and for that  reason or
because  of the  nature  of the  Contracts,  the  interest  will  likely  not be
considered  "portfolio  interest."  As a  result,  even  if  the  Trust  is  not
considered  to be  engaged  in a U.S.  trade  or  business,  foreign  owners  of
Certificates  will likely be subject to United States  Federal  income tax which
must be withheld  at a rate of 30 percent on their  share of the Trust's  income
(without reduction for interest expense),  unless reduced or eliminated pursuant
to an applicable  income tax treaty. If the Trust is notified that an owner of a
Certificate is a foreign  person,  the Trust may be required to withhold and pay
over such tax, which can exceed the amounts otherwise available for distribution
to such owner. A foreign owner would  generally be entitled to file with the IRS
a refund claim for such  withheld  taxes,  taking the position that the interest
was portfolio  interest and therefore not subject to U.S. tax. However,  the IRS
may disagree and no assurance can be given as to the  appropriate  amount of tax
liability.  As a result,  each potential  foreign owner of a Certificate  should
consult  its tax  advisor  as to  whether  the tax  consequences  of  holding an
interest in a Certificate make it an unsuitable investment.

Other Tax Consequences

     No  advice  has been  received  as to  local  income,  franchise,  personal
property, or other taxation in any state or locality, or as to the tax effect of
ownership  of the  Securities  in any  state or  locality.  Securityholders  are
advised to consult  their own tax  advisors  with  respect to any state or local
income,  franchise,  personal property, or other tax consequences arising out of
their ownership of the Securities.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Section 406 of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended  ("ERISA"),  and  Section  4975 of the Code  prohibit a pension,  profit
sharing  or  other  employee  benefit  plan,  as well as  individual  retirement
accounts and certain types of Keogh Plans (each a "Benefit Plan"), from engaging
in certain  transactions with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA
or  "disqualified  persons"  under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. A
violation of these  "prohibited  transaction"  rules may generate excise tax and
other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.



                                       75
<PAGE>

The Notes

     The acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf of a Benefit Plan could
be considered to give rise to a prohibited  transaction if the Seller, the Trust
or any of their  respective  affiliates  is or becomes a party in  interest or a
disqualified  person with respect to such Benefit Plan.  Certain exemptions from
the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the purchase and holding
of Notes by a Benefit Plan depending on the type and  circumstances  of the plan
fiduciary  making the  decision  to acquire  such  Notes.  Included  among these
exemptions are: Prohibited  Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 90-1, regarding
investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts;  PTCE 91-38 regarding
investments  by bank  collective  investment  funds;  and PTCE 84-14,  regarding
transactions effected by "qualified professional asset managers."

The Certificates

     An  interest  in the  Certificates  may not be  acquired by (a) an employee
benefit  plan (as  defined  in  Section  3(3) of ERISA)  that is  subject to the
provisions of Title I of ERISA,  (b) a plan  described in Section  4975(e)(1) of
the Code,  or (c) any entity  whose  underlying  assets  include  plan assets by
reason of a plan's  investment  in the entity  (other than an insurance  company
purchasing the  Certificates for its general  accounts).  By its acceptance of a
Certificate  or its  acquisition  of an  interest  in a  Certificate  through  a
Participant or DTC, each Certificateholder or Certificateowner will be deemed to
have  represented  and  warranted  that  it is  not  subject  to  the  foregoing
limitation.

     A plan fiduciary  considering  the purchase of the Notes should consult its
tax and or legal  advisors  regarding  whether  the assets of the Trust would be
considered plan assets,  the possibility of exemptive relief from the prohibited
transaction rules and other issues and their potential consequences.

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement") among CITSF, the Company and Salomon Brothers Inc
and UBS Securities Inc. (the "Underwriters"),  the Company has agreed to sell to
the Underwriters,  and the Underwriters have agreed to purchase,  the respective
principal  amount of the Notes and  Certificates  offered  hereby,  as set forth
opposite their respective names below:

   
                                  Principal Amount          Principal Amount
                                      of Notes              of Certificates
                                  ----------------          ----------------
Salomon Brothers Inc ............   $118,125,000              $6,875,000
UBS Securities Inc. .............   $118,125,000              $6,875,000
                                    ------------             -----------
    Total .......................   $236,250,000             $13,750,000
                                    ============             ===========
    

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligation of the Underwriters
to pay for and accept  delivery of the Notes or  Certificates  is subject to the
approval  of  certain  legal  matters  by their  counsel  and to  certain  other
conditions.  The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the Notes
and Certificates if any are taken.

   
     The  Underwriters  have  advised the Company that they propose to offer the
Notes and  Certificates  directly to the public at the public offering price set
forth on the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at a price that represents
a concession not in excess of .200% of the principal amount of the Notes and not
in  excess  of  .150%  of  the  principal  balance  of  the  Certificates.   The
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess
of .300% of the principal  amount of the Notes and not in excess of .250% of the
principal  balance of the  Certificates  to  certain  other  dealers.  After the
initial public offering, the public offering price and concessions and discounts
to dealers may be changed by the Underwriters.
    

     CITSF has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities,
including  civil  liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act or to  contribute  to
payments which the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

     The Trust may, from time to time, invest the funds in the Trust Accounts in
Eligible Investments acquired from the Underwriters.

     The closing of the sale of the Notes is  conditioned  on the closing of the
sale of the  Certificates,  and the closing of the sale of the  Certificates  is
conditioned on the closing of the sale of the Notes.



                                       76
<PAGE>

                          NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

Resale Restrictions

     The  distribution  of the Notes in  Canada is being  made only on a private
placement  basis exempt from the  requirement  that the Trust prepare and file a
prospectus  with the  securities  regulatory  authorities in each province where
trades of the Notes are effected. Accordingly, any resale of the Notes in Canada
must be made in  accordance  with  applicable  securities  laws  which will vary
depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made
in accordance with available statutory exemptions or pursuant to a discretionary
exemption granted by the applicable  Canadian securities  regulatory  authority.
Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the Notes.

Representations of Purchasers

     Each purchaser of Notes in Canada who receives a purchase confirmation will
be deemed to  represent  to the Seller,  the Trust and the dealer from whom such
purchase  confirmation  is received  that (i) such  purchaser is entitled  under
applicable provincial securities laws to purchase such Notes without the benefit
of a prospectus  qualified  under such  securities  laws, (ii) where required by
law, that such purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent,  and (iii)
such purchaser has reviewed the text above under "Resale Restrictions".

Rights of Actions and Enforcement

     The  securities  being  offered  are those of a foreign  issuer and Ontario
purchasers  will not  receive  the  contractual  right of action  prescribed  by
section 32 of the Regulation  under the  Securities Act (Ontario).  As a result,
Ontario purchasers must rely on other remedies that may be available,  including
common law rights of action for damages or  rescission or rights of action under
the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.

     The Trust, the Seller, the Servicer,  the Affiliated  Purchaser,  the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee and their respective  directors and officers,
if any, as well as the experts  named herein,  may be located  outside of Canada
and,  as a result,  it may not be  possible  for  Ontario  purchasers  to effect
service of process  within  Canada  upon the  Issuer or such  persons.  All or a
substantial  portion of the assets of the Issuer and such persons may be located
outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment
against the Issuer or such  persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment  obtained
in Canadian courts against such Issuer or persons outside of Canada.

Notice to British Columbia Residents

     A purchaser  of the Notes to whom the  Securities  Act  (British  Columbia)
applies is advised  that such  purchaser  is  required  to file with the British
Columbia  Securities  Commission a report  within ten days of the sale of any of
the Notes or Certificates  acquired by such purchaser pursuant to this offering.
Such  report  must  be in the  form  attached  to  British  Columbia  Securities
Commission  Blanket  Order  BOR  #88/5.  Only one such  report  must be filed in
respect  of the Notes  acquired  on the same date and under the same  prospectus
exemption.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The Company has determined  that its financial  statements are not material
to the offering made hereby.

     The Trust has been formed to own the  Contracts  and the other Trust assets
and to issue the Notes and Certificates.  The Trust had no assets or obligations
prior to the issuance of the Notes and  Certificates  and will not engage in any
activities  other  than  those  described  herein.   Accordingly,  no  financial
statements with respect to the Trust are included in this Prospectus.



                                       77
<PAGE>

                                     RATINGS

     It is a condition to the issuance of the Securities  that the Class A Notes
be rated in the highest  rating  category by at least one Rating  Agency and the
Certificates  be rated in at least the third highest rating category by at least
one Rating Agency.  The ratings of the Class A Notes will be based  primarily on
the value of the Initial Contracts,  the Pre-Funding  Account,  and the terms of
the Securities,  including the subordination  provided by the Certificates.  The
ratings  of the  Certificates  will be based  primarily  on the Cash  Collateral
Account. The foregoing ratings do not address the likelihood that the Securities
will be retired  following the sale of the Contracts by the Trustee.  A security
rating  is not a  recommendation  to buy,  sell or  hold  securities  and may be
subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the  assigning  rating  agency.
The  security  ratings  of  the  Notes  and  Certificates  should  be  evaluated
independently of similar security ratings assigned to other kinds of securities.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth &
Zabel,  New  York,  New  York,  for the  Trust by  Richards,  Layton  &  Finger,
Wilmington, Delaware, and for the Underwriters by Stroock & Stroock & Lavan, New
York, New York. The material  federal income tax  consequences  of the Notes and
the Certificates will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth & Zabel.


                                       78
<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX I

               GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION
                                   PROCEDURES

     Except in certain limited circumstances,  the globally offered Notes of CIT
RV Owner Trust  1996-A  (the  "Global  Securities")  will be  available  only in
book-entry  form.  Investors  in the  Global  Securities  may hold  such  Global
Securities through any of DTC, Cedel or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be
tradable as home  market  instruments  in both the  European  and U.S.  domestic
markets.  Initial  settlement  and all secondary  trades will settle in same-day
funds.

     Secondary  market  trading  between  investors  holding  Global  Securities
through Cedel and Euroclear  will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with  their  normal  rules  and  operating  procedures  and in  accordance  with
conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

     Secondary  market  trading  between  investors  holding  Global  Securities
through DTC will be conducted  according to the rules and procedures  applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations.

     Secondary   cross-market   trading  between  Cedel  or  Euroclear  and  DTC
Participants holding Notes will be effected on a delivery-against  payment basis
through the  respective  Depositories  of Cedel and Euroclear (in such capacity)
and as DTC Participants.

     Non-U.S.  holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S.  withholding  taxes unless such holders  meet certain  requirements  and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing  organizations
or their Participants.

Initial Settlement

     All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede as nominee of DTC.  Investors'  interests in the Global  Securities will be
represented through financial  institutions acting on their behalf as direct and
indirect  Participants  in DTC.  As a  result,  Cedel  and  Euroclear  will hold
positions on behalf of their Participants through their respective Depositories,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.

     Investors  electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement  practices  specified by the  Underwriters.  Investor  securities
custody  accounts  will be  credited  with  their  holdings  against  payment in
same-day funds on the settlement date.

     Investors  electing  to hold  their  Global  Securities  through  Cedel  or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global securities
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities  custody  accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

Secondary Market Trading

     Since the purchaser  determines  the place of delivery,  it is important to
establish  at the time of the trade  where  both the  purchaser's  and  seller's
accounts are located to insure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

     Trading  between DTC  Participants.  Secondary  market trading  between DTC
Participants will be settled in same-day funds.

     Trading  between  Cedel and/or  Euroclear  Participants.  Secondary  market
trading  between Cedel  Participants or Euroclear  Participants  will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

     Trading  between DTC Seller and Cedel or Euroclear  Purchaser.  When Global
Securities  are to be transferred  from the account of a DTC  Participant to the
account of a Cedel  Participant or a Euroclear  Participant,  the purchaser will
send instructions to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear
Participant  at least one business day prior to  settlement.  Cedel or Euroclear
will  instruct  the  respective  Depository,  as the case may be, to receive the

                                       79
<PAGE>

Global Securities against payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on the
Global  Securities  from and  including  the  last  coupon  payment  date to and
excluding the settlement date, on the basis of the actual number of days in such
accrual  period  and year  assumed  to  consist  of 360 days.  For  transactions
settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include interest accrued to and
excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then be made by the
respective  Depository of the DTC Participant's  account against delivery of the
Global  Securities.  After settlement has been completed,  the Global Securities
will be credited to the respective  clearing system and by the clearing  system,
in accordance with its usual procedures, to the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's  account. The securities credit will appear the next day (European
time) and the cash debt will be  back-valued  to, and the interest on the Global
Securities  will accrue from,  the value date (which would be the  preceding day
when  settlement  occurred in New York).  If  settlement is not completed on the
intended  value date (i.e.,  the trade fails),  the Cedel or Euroclear cash debt
will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

     Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will need to make available
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement.  The most  direct  means of doing  so is to  preposition  funds  for
settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any  settlement  occurring  within Cedel or Euroclear.  Under this approach,
they  may  take on  credit  exposure  to Cedel or  Euroclear  until  the  Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

     As an  alternative,  if Cedel or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, Cedel Participants or Euroclear  Participants can elect not to preposition
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement.  Under
this procedure,  Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants  purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft  charges for one day, assuming they cleared the
overdraft when the Global  Securities were credited to their accounts.  However,
interest on the Global  Securities would accrue from the value date.  Therefore,
in many cases the investment  income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may  substantially  reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft
charges,  although  this  result  will  depend on each  Cedel  Participant's  or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.

     Since the  settlement is taking place during New York business  hours,  DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global  Securities to
the  respective  European  Depository for the benefit of Cedel  Participants  or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the settlement date.  Thus, to the DTC  Participants a cross-market  transaction
will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.

     Trading  between Cedel or Euroclear  Seller and DTC Purchaser.  Due to time
zone differences in their favor, Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants
may  employ  their  customary   procedures  for  transactions  in  which  Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system,  through the
respective Depository,  to a DTC Participant.  The seller will send instructions
to Cedel or Euroclear  through a Cedel  Participant or Euroclear  Participant at
least one  business day prior to  settlement.  In these cases Cedel or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depository,  as appropriate,  to deliver the Global
Securities  to the DTC  Participant's  account  against  payment.  Payment  will
include  interest  accrued on the Global  Securities from and including the last
payment to and excluding the  settlement  date on the basis of the actual number
of days in such accrual  period and a year  assumed to consist of 360 days.  For
transactions  settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include  interest
accrued to and excluding the first day of the following  month. The payment will
then  be  reflected  in  the  account  of the  Cedel  Participant  or  Euroclear
Participant  the  following  day, and receipt of the cash  proceeds in the Cedel
Participant's  or Euroclear  Participant's  account would be  back-valued to the
value date (which would be the preceding  day, when  settlement  occurred in New
York).  Should the Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear  Participant  have a line of
credit  with  its  respective  clearing  system  and  elect  to  be in  debt  in
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account,  the back-valuation
will extinguish any overdraft  incurred over that one-day period.  If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails),  receipt of
the cash proceeds in the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.



                                       80
<PAGE>

     Finally,  day traders that use Cedel or Euroclear and that purchase  Global
Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to Cedel Participants or Euroclear
Participants  should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale
side unless  affirmative  action were taken. At least three techniques should be
readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

          (a)  borrowing  through  Cedel or  Euroclear  for one day  (until  the
     purchase  side of the day trade is  reflected  in their Cedel or  Euroclear
     accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

          (b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
     no later  than one day prior to  settlement,  which  would  give the Global
     Securities  sufficient  time to be  reflected  in their Cedel or  Euroclear
     account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

          (c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
     so that the value  date for the  purchase  from the DTC  Participant  is at
     least one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Cedel Participant
     or Euroclear Participant.

Certain U.S. Federal Withholding Taxes and Documentation Requirements

     A beneficial  owner of Global  Securities  through  Cedel or Euroclear  (or
through  DTC if the holder has an address  outside  the U.S.) will be subject to
30%  U.S.  withholding  tax that  generally  applies  to  payments  of  interest
(including  original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.  Persons,
unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial  institution that holds
customer's  securities  in the  ordinary  course of its trade or business in the
chain of  intermediaries  between  such  beneficial  owner  and the U.S.  entity
required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and
(ii)  such  beneficial  owners  take one of the  following  steps to  obtain  an
exemption or reduced tax rate:

     Exemption  for non-U.S.  Persons  (Form W-8).  Beneficial  owners of Global
Securities  that are non-U.S.  Persons can obtain a complete  exemption from the
withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status).  If
the information  shown on Form W-8 changes,  a new Form W-8 must be filed within
30 days of such change.

     Exemption  for non-U.S.  Persons with  effectively  connected  income (Form
4224). A non-U.S. Person,  including a non-U.S.  corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively  connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United  States,  can obtain an exemption  from the
withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively  Connected  with the  Conduct of a Trade or  Business  in the United
States).

     Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. Persons resident in treaty countries
(Form 1001).  Non-U.S.  Persons that are beneficial  owners of Global Securities
residing in a country that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an
exemption  or reduced tax rate  (depending  on the treaty  terms) by filing Form
1001 (Ownership,  Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides
for a reduced  rate,  withholding  tax will be imposed  at that rate  unless the
filer  alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the Noteholder or
his agent.

     Exemption for U.S.  Persons (Form W-9). U.S.  Persons can obtain a complete
exemption  from the  withholding  tax by filing  Form W-9  (Payer's  Request for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

     U.S.  Federal  Income  Tax  Reporting  Procedure.  The  holder  of a Global
Securities or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent, files
by  submitting  the  appropriate  form to the person  through whom it holds (the
clearing  agency,  in the case of persons  holding  directly on the books of the
clearing agency).  Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar years
and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

     The term "U.S Person" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United States,
(ii) a corporation or  partnership  organized in or under the laws of the United
States  or any  political  subdivision  thereof  or (iii) an estate or trust the
income of which is  includable  in gross income for United  States tax purposes,
regardless of its source.  This summary of documentation  requirements  does not
deal  with all  aspects  of U.S.  Federal  income  tax  withholding  that may be
relevant to foreign holders of the Global  Securities.  Investors are advised to
consult their own tax advisors for specific tax advice  concerning their holding
and disposing of the Global Securities.


                                       81
<PAGE>

                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

ABS .......................................................................  29
ABS Table .................................................................  29
Affiliated Purchaser ......................................................  17
Asset Service Center ......................................................  33
Available Amount ..........................................................  55
Available Cash Collateral Amount ..........................................  11
Auction Sale ..............................................................  39
Bankruptcy Code ...........................................................  17
Business Day ..............................................................   6
Capitalized Interest Account ..............................................   6
Cash Collateral Account ...................................................  11
Cash Collateral Account Surplus ...........................................  12
Cash Collateral Agreement .................................................  11
Cash Collateral Depositor .................................................  11
Cede ......................................................................  38
Cedel .....................................................................   3
Certificate Balance .......................................................   9
Certificate Distribution Account ..........................................  49
Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date .............................   6
Certificate Interest Distribution Amount ..................................  43
Certificate Owner .........................................................  43
Certificate Pool Factor ...................................................  32
Certificateholders ........................................................  48
Certificates ..............................................................   3
chattel paper .............................................................  61
CIT .......................................................................   3
CITCF-NY ..................................................................   4
CITSF .....................................................................   3
Class A Final Scheduled Distribution Date .................................   6
Class A Interest Distribution Amount ......................................  39
Class A Notes .............................................................   3
Class A Rate ..............................................................   7
Closing Date ..............................................................   4
Code ......................................................................  69
Collection Account ........................................................  52
Commission ................................................................  38
Company ...................................................................   3
Contract Pool .............................................................  21
Contract Rate .............................................................  16
Contracts .................................................................   4
Cross-Over Date ...........................................................   9
Dealers ...................................................................   4
Defaulted Contracts .......................................................  53
Definitive Certificates ...................................................  48
Definitive Notes ..........................................................  48
Definitive Securities .....................................................  48
Depository ................................................................  38
Determination Date ........................................................   7
Distribution Date .........................................................   6
DTC .......................................................................   3
DTC Rules .................................................................  46
Due Period ................................................................   7
Eligible Institution ......................................................  52
Eligible Investments ......................................................  52
ERISA .....................................................................  15
Euroclear .................................................................   3
Event of Termination ......................................................  60


                                       82
<PAGE>

Events of Default .........................................................  40
Excess Collections ........................................................  12
Financed Vehicles .........................................................   4
FTC Rule ..................................................................  68
Funding Period ............................................................   5
Holders ...................................................................  48
Indenture .................................................................   3
Indenture Trustee .........................................................   3
Indirect Participants .....................................................  45
Initial Cash Collateral Amount ............................................  11
Initial Contracts .........................................................   4
Initial Cut-off Date ......................................................   4
Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance ...............................  22
Initial Financed Vehicles .................................................   4
Initial Pool Balance ......................................................  14
Insolvency Event ..........................................................  61
Insolvency Laws ...........................................................  17
Interest Accrual Period ...................................................   7
Interest Shortfall ........................................................  13
IRS .......................................................................  69
Issuer ....................................................................   3
Late Fees .................................................................  14
List of Contracts .........................................................  50
Military Reservist Relief Act .............................................  51
Monthly Advance ...........................................................  13
Moody's ...................................................................  52
Non-Reimbursable Payment ..................................................  13
Note Owner ................................................................  38
Note Distribution Account .................................................  52
Note Pool Factor ..........................................................  32
Noteholders ...............................................................  48
Notes .....................................................................   3
Obligor ...................................................................  13
OID .......................................................................  70
Optional Purchase .........................................................  39
Original Certificate Balance ..............................................   3
Owner Trustee .............................................................   3
Paid-Ahead Contract .......................................................  28
Paid-Ahead Period .........................................................  28
Participants ..............................................................  45
Pass-Through Rate .........................................................   8
   
Permitted Investments .....................................................  26
    
Pool Balance ..............................................................  10
Pre-Funded Amount .........................................................   5
Pre-Funded Percentage .....................................................   8
prepayments ...............................................................  27
Principal Distribution Amount .............................................  39
Principal Liquidation Loss Amount .........................................   9
Purchase Agreement ........................................................   5
Purchase Agreements .......................................................  50
Purchase Price ............................................................  51
Rating Agencies ...........................................................  14
Record Date ...............................................................   6
Related Documents .........................................................  42
Relief Act Obligor ........................................................  51
   
Required Capitalized Interest Amount ......................................  26
    
Required Cash Collateral Amount ...........................................  12
Required Servicer Ratings .................................................  54
Sale and Servicing Agreement ..............................................   4


                                       83
<PAGE>

Securities ................................................................   3
Securityholders ...........................................................  48
Seller ....................................................................   3
Servicer ..................................................................   3
Servicer Letter of Credit .................................................  54
Servicer Payment ..........................................................  39
Servicing Fee .............................................................  13
Servicing Fee Rate ........................................................  13
Simple Interest Contract ..................................................  23
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act ...................................  51
Standard & Poor's .........................................................  52
Subsequent Contracts ......................................................   4
Subsequent Cut-off Date ...................................................   5
Subsequent Financed Vehicles ..............................................   4
Subsequent Transfer Agreement .............................................   5
Subsequent Transfer Date ..................................................   5
Trust .....................................................................   3
Trust Agreement ...........................................................   4
Trust Documents ...........................................................  50
Trustees ..................................................................   3
UCC .......................................................................  16
Underwriters ..............................................................  18
Underwriting Agreement ....................................................  76





                                       84
<PAGE>

No  dealer,  salesperson  or  other  person  has  been  authorized  to give  any
information or to make any  representation not contained in this Prospectus and,
if given or made, such information or representation  must not be relied upon as
having been authorized by the Company or any  Underwriter.  This Prospectus does
not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation  of an offer to buy any of the
securities  offered  hereby  in any  jurisdiction  to any  person  to whom it is
unlawful  to make such  offer or  solicitation.  Neither  the  delivery  of this
Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall,  under any  circumstances,  create
any implication that the information herein is correct as of any time subsequent
to the date  hereof  or that  there has been no  change  in the  affairs  of the
Company since such date.

                                   ----------

                                Table of Contents

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
Available Information ...................................................     2
Reports to Securityholders ..............................................     2
Summary .................................................................     3
Risk Factors ............................................................    16
Structure of the Transaction ............................................    20
The Trust Property ......................................................    21
The Contract Pool .......................................................    21
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations ..................................    27
Yield Considerations ....................................................    32
Pool Factors ............................................................    32
Use of Proceeds .........................................................    33
The CIT Group Securitization ............................................ 
  Corporation II, Seller ................................................    33
The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., .................................... 
  Servicer ..............................................................    33
The Notes ...............................................................    38
The Certificates ........................................................    43
Certain Information Regarding the ....................................... 
  Securities ............................................................    45
The Purchase Agreements and the ......................................... 
  Trust Documents .......................................................    50
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts ..................................    63
Certain Federal Income Tax .............................................. 
  Consequences ..........................................................    70
ERISA Considerations ....................................................    75
Underwriting ............................................................    76
Notice to Canadian Residents ............................................    77
Financial Information ...................................................    77
Ratings .................................................................    78
Legal Matters ...........................................................    78
Annex I .................................................................    79
Index of Principal Terms ................................................    82

   
Until  May 15,  1996,  all  dealers  effecting  transactions  in the  registered
Securities,  whether or not participating in this distribution,  may be required
to deliver a  Prospectus.  This is in addition to the  obligation  of dealers to
deliver a  Prospectus  when  acting as  underwriters  and with  respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.
    

<PAGE>

$250,000,000

CIT RV
Owner Trust 1996-A


   
$236,250,000 Class A 5.40%
Asset Backed Notes
    



   
$13,750,000 5.85% Asset Backed 
Certificates
    


The CIT Group 
Securitization
Corporation II,
Seller



The CIT Group/Sales
Financing, Inc.,
Servicer


Salomon Brothers Inc

UBS Securities Inc.

Prospectus

   
Dated February 15, 1996
    



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission